QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 13, 2004January 10, 2007

Registration No. 333-          



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549



FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.
(Exact name of registrantRegistrant as specified in its charter)


California (prior to reincorporation)
Delaware (after reincorporation)

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

3674
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code number)

77-0398779
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

2360 Owen Street
Santa Clara, California 95054
(408) 980-8388

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)

2360 Owen Street
Santa Clara, California 95054
(408) 980-8388
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)


LEE-LEAN SHULee-Lean Shu
President and Chief Executive Officer
GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.
2360 Owen Street
Santa Clara, California 95054
(408) 980-8388

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Please send copies of all communications to:



Copies to:
DENNIS C. SULLIVAN, ESQ.
DLA Piper US LLP
2000 University Avenue
East Palo Alto, California 94303-2248
(650) 833-2000
 DONNA M. PETKANICS, ESQ.
Gray Cary Ware & Freidenrich LLP
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
2000 University Avenue
650 Page Mill Road
East
Palo Alto, California 94303-2248
Palo Alto, California 94304-1050
(650) 833-200094304-9300
(650) 493-9300

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.


        If any of the securities being registered on this form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.    o/ /

        If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o/ /

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o/ /

        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o/ /

        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.    o/ /


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered

 Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price(1)

 Amount of Registration Fee
 Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)
 Amount of Registration Fee(2)(3)

Common Stock ($0.001 par value) $103,500,000.00 $13,113.45 $57,500,000 $6,153

(1)
Includes amount attributable to shares that may be purchased by the underwriters under an option to purchase additional shares of common stock at the initial offering price less the underwriting discount.

(2)
Estimated solely for the purposes of determining the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.

(3)
Pursuant to Rule 457(p) under the Securities Act, the registrant has applied $6,153 of the $13,113 it previously paid with the filing of its registration statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-114419) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 13, 2004 to pay this registration fee.


        The Registrantregistrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrantregistrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until thisthe registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 10, 2007

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities andnor does it is not solicitingseek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated April 13, 2004

PROSPECTUS

                    Shares

                    SharesLOGO

[GSI LOGO]

Common Stock


              This is GSI Technology, Inc.'s initial public offering of its common stock.        We are offering                    shares and the selling stockholders are offering             shares.shares of our common stock. This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. We expectestimate the initial public offering price to be between $                    and $                    per share.

              Currently, no public market exists We have applied to qualify our common stock for the shares. After pricing of the offering, we expect the shares will be quotedquotation on the Nasdaq NationalGlobal Market under the symbol "GSIT."

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 7.5.







Per Share



Total


Public offering priceOffering Price $ $
Underwriting discountDiscount $ $
Proceeds before expenses, to GSI Technology, Inc. $ $
Proceeds before expenses, to Selling Stockholders $ $

        TheGSI Technology, Inc. has granted the underwriters may alsothe right to purchase up to an additional             shares from us, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectusour common stock to cover overallotments.over-allotments.

        Neither theThe Securities and Exchange Commission nor anyand state securities commission hasregulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracydetermined if this prospectus is truthful or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representationcomplete. It is illegal for any person to the contrary is a criminal offense.

              The shares will be ready for delivery on or about                        , 2004.tell you otherwise.


Joint Book-running Managers

Merrill Lynch & Co.
Needham & Company, Inc.LLC WR Hambrecht + Co


Robert W. Baird & Co.
 Friedman Billings RamseyStanford Group Company

C.E. Unterberg, Towbin


The date of this prospectus is                            , 20042007


[INSIDE FRONT COVER PAGE]

              This page, which is colored blue, has the following heading in blue and white block text in the upper left corner of the page: "GSI TECHNOLOGY." The following sentence appears in white text immediately below the heading, in the upper left portion of the page: "GSI Technology is a leading-edge supplier of ultra fast, low power, full featured SRAM products focused on networking and telecommunications applications." In the upper left half portion of the page, in the background behind the heading and the sentence below the heading, are images of the number one and zeros in undulating lines. Appearing in the upper right portion of the page is the image of an antenna tower with microwave dishes of various sizes affixed to it. In the middle right portion of the page, immediately below the image of the antenna tower, is the image of wires connected to a server. In the lower right quarter of the page, immediately below the image of the red and green wires, is an image of a silicon wafer. In the lower right corner portion of the page, overlaid on the lower right portion of the image of the silicon wafer, is the image of four routers, stacked on top of each other. In the middle of the page, is the image of an integrated circuit with the words "GSI TECHNOLOGY" appearing on the chip. Also in the middle portion of the page and partially covered by the image of the integrated circuit, is the image of the bottom half of the integrated circuit. In the lower left corner portion of the page is the image of two servers, with one server approximately four-times the height of the other server. Also in the lower left corner portion of the page, and to the immediate right of the image of the larger server, is the image of a fiber optic cable. In the bottom middle portion of the page, to the immediate right of the fiber optic cable and to the immediate left of the silicon wafer, is the image of a telephone pole and a utility worker working at the top of the telephone pole.GRAPHIC



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 Page
Prospectus Summary 31
Summary Consolidated Financial Data4
Risk Factors 75
Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data 2021
Use of Proceeds 2122
Dividend Policy 2122
Capitalization 2223
Dilution 2325
Selected Consolidated Financial Data 2427
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 2529
Business 3845
Management 4859
Certain Relationships and Transactions with Related TransactionsParties 6269
Principal and Selling Stockholders 6370
Description of Capital Stock 6574
Shares Eligible for Future Sale 6876
Underwriting 6977
Legal Matters 7280
Experts 7280
Where You Can Find AdditionalAvailable Information About GSI Technology 7280
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements F-1

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or consistentinconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the selling stockholders and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information approvingappearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Until                        , 2007 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

        For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


        Market data and industry statistics used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications and other publicly available information. We have not independently verified this information.


        GSI Technology, GSI, BurstRAM, FLXDrive, NBT, SRAM, SigmaRAM, SigmaQuad, SigmaQuad-II, SigmaCIO DDR-II and SigmaQuadSigmaSIO DDR-II are trademarks of GSI Technology, Inc. in the United States and other countries. All trademarks, trade names or service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

i




PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        ThisYou should read the following summary highlightstogether with the more detailed information containedand financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should readExcept as otherwise indicated, the entireinformation in this prospectus carefully, including our financial statements andassumes that the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under "Risk Factors" before making an investment decision.underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. References to "we", "us" and "our" refer to GSI Technology, Inc.


GSI Technology, Inc.

              We design, develop and market high performance SRAM, or static random access memory, integrated circuits, or ICs, for the networking and telecommunications markets.        We are a leading provider of Fast"Very Fast" static random access memory, or SRAM, products which perform at higher speedsthat are incorporated primarily in high-performance networking and provide greater density than commodity SRAM products used in other applications. Within the Fast SRAM market, we focus on higher speed devices, or what we refer to as Ultra-Fast SRAMs, which are Fast SRAM ICs that require less than 5 nanoseconds to retrieve data from memory. We provide a broad range of advanced, highly reliable Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM solutions that target high performancetelecommunications equipment, such as routers, switches, wireless localwide area network infrastructure equipment, wireless basestationsbase stations and network access equipment. In addition, we serve the ongoing needs of the military, industrial, test equipment and medical markets for high-performance SRAMs. Gartner Dataquest divides the SRAM market into segments based on speed. The highest performance segment is comprised of SRAMs that operate at speeds of less than 10 nanoseconds, which we refer to as "Very Fast SRAMs." Gartner Dataquest estimates that this segment of the SRAM market will be greater than $1 billion in 2007.

We believe our advanced circuit design expertise provideswork closely with system designers at leading networking and telecommunications original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, with early access to next generation technologies, superior performance, advanced feature setsincluding Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco Systems, Huawei Technologies and high reliability, thereby enabling them to bring networking and telecommunications equipment to market quickly.

              We work closely with leading networking and telecommunications OEMsNortel Networks, to better anticipate their needs and gain insight into future technology requirements. Our products are used by leading OEMs in the networkingWe utilize a fabless business model, which allows us both to focus our resources on research and telecommunications markets, including Agilent Technologies, Alcatel, Cisco Systems, Huawei Technologies, Lucent Technologiesdevelopment, product design and QLogic. Due primarilymarketing, and to an increase in orders for our Fastgain access to advanced process technologies with only modest capital investment and Ultra-Fast SRAM products, our net revenues increased from $16.2 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2002 to $23.7 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2003.fixed costs.

        Growth in data, voice and video traffic has driven the need for greater networking bandwidth, resulting in the continued build-outexpansion of the networking and telecommunications infrastructure. This continued growth in the level of Internet usage has also led to the proliferation of a wide variety of networking equipment throughout the networking and telecommunications infrastructure. Thisinfrastructure and a demand for new equipment includes routers, switches, wireless local area network infrastructure equipment, wireless base stationswith faster and network access equipment. All of these products require Fast SRAM ICs, and OEMs are increasingly relying upon advanced SRAM technology to enable higher performance of their products.

              As networking equipment must increasingly support advanced traffic content such as Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, and video streaming,performance. High-performance networking and telecommunications OEMsequipment requires Very Fast SRAMs, and we expect that the emerging variety of applications within this market will continue to drive a need for an increasing number of specialized Very Fast SRAMs.

        We believe the key success factors for a Very Fast SRAM vendor are driving demand for even higher performance Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM ICs. Networking and telecommunications OEMs are also under increasing pressurethe ability to bring these higher performance products to market rapidly. As a result, networking and telecommunications OEMs have increasingly relied on SRAM providers that offer a broad rangecatalog of advancedhigh-performance, high-quality and high-reliability Very Fast SRAM products, to continuously introduce new products with higher speeds, lower power consumption and Ultra-Fast SRAM ICsgreater memory capacity, or density, to maintain timely availability of prior generations of products for several years after their introductions, and who are capableto provide effective logistic and technical support throughout OEM customers' product development and manufacturing life cycles. Accordingly, the key elements of rapidly developing and introducing ICsour solution include:

    Innovative Product Performance Leadership.    We believe that incorporate advanced feature sets.

                  Throughthrough the use of advanced architectures, and design methodologies and silicon process technologies, we believe we arehave established a position as a technology leader in the design and development of Very Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM ICs.SRAMs. The vast majority of our solutionsproducts have random access speedstimes of 9 nanoseconds or less, while our newest products have random access times of less than 5 nanoseconds and clock access times as fast as 0.45 nanoseconds. By providing faster ICs, we enableMany of our customers to design and develop higher performance products that support increasingly complex traffic content.

                  We currently offer 30 basic product configurations, which are the basis for over 2,500 individual products. Our broad product offering enables us to leverage our research and development to design

    3



    and develop our product lines to meet the precise and changing requirements of networking and telecommunications OEMs.

                  Our products consume up to 50%Very Fast SRAMs require significantly less power than comparable products offered by our principal competitors. As

    Broad and Readily Available Product Portfolio.    To meet our OEM customers' diverse needs, we have what we believe is the broadest catalog of Very Fast SRAM products currently available, with features that address a result,wide range of our networking and telecommunications OEM customers' system requirements. Additionally, we commit to manufacture our products generate less heat, increasing the reliabilityfor seven years or more following their initial introduction, which is generally longer than our competitors.

      Master Die Methodology.    Our use of the networking equipment in which they are used. Furthermore, because of the low power requirements of our products, OEMs are able to add capabilities to their systems which otherwise might not have been possible due to overall system power constraints.

                    Ourmaster die designs enableenables multiple product families to be manufactured from a single die.mask set. This flexibility allows us to minimize manufacturing timerespond to unforecasted customer orders more quickly than our competitors and respond quickly to shipment requirements that are characteristic of the networking and telecommunications markets. Our flexible product designs also allow OEMs to reduce their cost and time-to-market by evaluating and qualifying one product configuration, enabling them to more easily qualify related products within the same product family. Additionally, our single die solution allows us to reduce our costs through better inventory management, the purchase of fewer mask sets streamlining internal product qualifications, andby enabling more efficientcost-efficient use of engineering resources.

                    Our products offer features that address a broad rangeresources and by reducing the incidence of obsolete inventory.

      Customer Responsiveness.    We work closely with leading networking and telecommunications OEM system requirements. These proprietary features include a JTAG test port, which enables post assembly verification of the connection between our ICsOEMs, as well as their chip-set suppliers, to better anticipate their requirements and the system board, thereby allowing our customers to more rapidly develop test and shipimplement solutions that allow them to meet their products. Additionally, we offerspecific product performance objectives. Our customer driven approach provides our FLXDrive feature which allows the system designer to optimize signal performance for a given requirement. We provide OEMs the ability to use our ICs in various modes of operation using our flexible pin out structure, thus increasing product flexibilityOEM customers with high-quality and availability. We also perform a full range of product reliability testinghigh-reliability products and comprehensively test all of our products at a wide range of extreme hot and cold temperatures, in addition to performing burn-in, to help assure high levels of quality and reliability.

                    We work with independent wafer foundries to manufacture our products in order to increase yields, lower manufacturing costs and enhance the quality of our products. This business model allows us to focus our resources on research and development, product design and marketing, while gaining access to advanced manufacturing process technologies without significant capital investments and the related fixed costs.

      helps them accelerate their time-to-market.

            Our objective is to becomeprofitably increase our market share in the leading provider ofVery Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAMs. Key elements of our strategy to achieve this objective include:SRAM market by:

      continuecontinuing to focus on the networking and telecommunications markets;

      collaborate with wafer foundries to leverage leading-edge process technologies;strengthening and expanding our customer relationships;

      continuecontinuing to invest in research and development to extend our technology leadership;

      focus on industry-leading OEMs; and

      collaborating with wafer foundries to leverage our core strengths to develop other product lines.leading-edge process technologies.

            We were incorporated in California in 1995 under the name Giga Semiconductor, Inc. We changed our name to GSI Technology in December 2003 and were reincorporated in Delaware in 2004.June 2004 under the name GSI Technology, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 2360 Owen Street, Santa Clara, California, 95054, and our telephone number is (408) 980-8388. Our website iswww.gsitechnology.com. The information contained on our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

    4




    The Offering

    Common stock offered by:  
     
    GSI Technology, Inc.

     



    shares
     Selling stockholders                 shares

      Total                 shares

    Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

     



    shares

    Use of proceeds

     

    We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering, without exercise of the overallotmentover-allotment option, will be approximately $         million. We intend to use these net proceeds for general corporate purposes including working capital. See "Use of Proceeds."

    Risk factors

     

    See "Risk Factors" and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

    Proposed Nasdaq NationalGlobal Market symbol

     

    GSIT

            The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the pro forma number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2004September 30, 2006 and reflects the conversion of all shares of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into 15,120,168 shares of our common stock. This information excludes:

      3,511,2633,361,125 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options issued under our stock option plans, with a weighted average exercise price of $2.63$2.93 per share;

      1,127,8391,051,516 shares authorized for future issuance under our 2000 stock option plan;

      3,000,000 shares authorized for future issuance under our 20042007 equity incentive plan; and

      500,000 shares authorized for future issuance under our 20042007 employee stock purchase plan.

            The number of shares authorized for future issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan and our 2007 employee stock purchase plan reflected above does not include shares that may be available for future issuance pursuant to the automatic share reserve increase provisions of these plans.

            In addition, the underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to                additional shares from us. Some of the disclosures in this prospectus would be different if the underwriters exercise their overallotmentover-allotment option. Unless we tell you otherwise, the information in this prospectus:

      reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into 15,120,168 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering;

      gives effect to our planned reincorporation in Delaware which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

      assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their overallotmentover-allotment option.

    5




      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

              We present below our summary consolidated financial data. The following tables provide summaryconsolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the six month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, and the actual consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2006, are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should be read in conjunctionthis information together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, appearingeach included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.

       
       Year Ended March 31,
       Nine Months Ended
      December 31,

       
       
       1999
       2000
       2001
       2002
       2003
       2002
       2003
       
       
        
        
        
        
        
       (unaudited)

       
       
       (in thousands, except per share data)

       
      Statement of Operations Data:                      
      Net revenues $11,864 $41,820 $73,653 $24,826 $20,981 $16,186 $23,724 
      Cost of revenues  9,273  27,434  42,424  19,133  18,477  13,868  18,297 
        
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
      Gross profit  2,591  14,386  31,229  5,693  2,504  2,318  5,427 
        
       
       
       
       
       
       
       

      Operating expenses:

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
       Research and development  583  1,627  5,097  4,848  6,206  4,797  4,242 
       Selling, general and administrative  1,785  4,080  7,377  4,883  4,500  3,390  3,092 
        
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
        Total operating expenses  2,368  5,707  12,474  9,731  10,706  8,187  7,334 
        
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
      Income (loss) from operations  223  8,679  18,755  (4,038) (8,202) (5,869) (1,907)
      Interest and other income (expense), net  226  58  560  779  144  100  135 
        
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
      Income (loss) before income taxes  449  8,737�� 19,315  (3,259) (8,058) (5,769) (1,772)
      Provision for (benefit from) income taxes    3,287  7,987  (1,190) (620) (2,135)  
        
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
      Net income (loss) $449 $5,450 $11,328 $(2,069)$(7,438)$(3,634)$(1,772)
        
       
       
       
       
       
       
       

      Net income (loss) per share:

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
       Basic $0.19 $1.96 $2.73 $(0.44)$(1.39)$(0.69)$(0.31)
        
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       Diluted $0.02 $0.26 $0.53 $(0.44)$(1.39)$(0.69)$(0.31)
        
       
       
       
       
       
       
       

      Weighted average shares:

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       

       
       Basic  2,329  2,784  4,157  4,713  5,334  5,278  5,654 
        
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       Diluted  19,288  20,702  21,452  4,713  5,334  5,278  5,654 
        
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       December 31, 2003
       
       Actual
       Pro Forma
      As Adjusted

       
       (unaudited)
      (in thousands)

      Balance Sheet Data:      
      Cash and cash equivalents $5,209 $ 
      Working capital  16,928   
      Total assets  26,661   
      Redeemable convertible preferred stock  9,007   
      Total stockholders' equity $10,385 $ 
       
       Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
       Six Months Ended September 30,
       
       2004
       2005
       2006
       2005
       2006
       
       (in thousands, except per share data)

      Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:               
      Net revenues $35,419 $45,736 $43,141 $21,640 $28,929
      Cost of revenues  26,619  30,715  29,229  14,604  17,442
        
       
       
       
       
      Gross profit  8,800  15,021  13,912  7,036  11,487
        
       
       
       
       
      Operating expenses:               
       Research and development  5,500  4,804  5,377  2,995  2,444
       Selling, general and administrative  4,152  5,756  4,797  2,436  2,700
        
       
       
       
       
        Total operating expenses  9,652  10,560  10,174  5,431  5,144
        
       
       
       
       
      Income (loss) from operations  (852) 4,461  3,738  1,605  6,343
      Interest and other income (expense), net  182  164  682  220  387
        
       
       
       
       
      Income (loss) before income taxes  (670) 4,625  4,420  1,825  6,730
      Provision for (benefit from) income taxes    (155) 171  (364) 2,233
        
       
       
       
       
      Net income (loss) $(670)$4,780 $4,249 $2,189 $4,497
        
       
       
       
       
      Net income (loss) per common share:               
       Basic $(0.12)$0.63 $0.54 $0.28 $0.65
        
       
       
       
       
       Diluted $(0.12)$0.21 $0.19 $0.10 $0.20
        
       
       
       
       
      Weighted average shares used in per share calculations:               
       Basic  5,737  6,112  6,148  6,139  6,216
        
       
       
       
       
       Diluted  5,737  22,562  22,586  22,539  22,844
        
       
       
       
       

       


       

      September 30, 2006

       
       Actual
       Pro Forma
      As Adjusted

       
       (in thousands)

      Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:      
      Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments $15,540 $ 
      Working capital  31,545   
      Total assets  45,303   
      Redeemable convertible preferred stock  9,007   
      Total stockholders' equity  25,708   

              The pro forma as adjusted information above reflects the sale of            shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $            per share, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses, and giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 15,120,168 shares of our common stock and the application of the net proceeds of the offering.

      6




      RISK FACTORS

              An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and all of the other information contained in this prospectus before deciding whether to purchase our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks and uncertainties we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations would suffer. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Additional risks that we currently do not know about or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also impair our business operations.


      Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

        Unpredictable fluctuations in our operating results could cause our stock price to decline.

      We        Our quarterly revenues, expenses and operating results have incurred significant losses in prior periodsvaried significantly from quarter to quarter and may incur lossesare likely to vary in the future.

                    We incurred net losses For example, in the six most recent fiscal quarters ended September 30, 2006, we have recorded quarterly operating income of $1.8 million, $7.4as much as $3.4 million and $2.1 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2003 and for fiscal 2003 and 2002, respectively, and we may incur additional losses in the future. Our business does not have an established recordas little as $508,000. We therefore believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of profitability and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability in the future. In addition, we expect our operating expenses to increase as we expand our business. If our revenues doresults are not grow to offset these expected increased expenses, our business will suffer. Our ability to increase our revenues depends on a number of factors, including:

        the rate of growthgood indication of our target markets;

        future performance, and you should not rely on them to predict our future performance or the continued market acceptance of the productsfuture performance of our end-users, or networking and telecommunications OEMs which incorporate our products into their equipment;

        the competitive position of our products; and

        our ability to develop new products.

      stock price. You should not consider recent quarterly revenue growth as an indication of our future performance. In fact, in future quarters we may not have any revenue growth, or our revenues could decline. Furthermore, if our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our financial performance will be adversely affected. Factors that may affect quarterly operating results in the future include:

        our ability to attract new customers, retain existing customers and increase sales to such customers;
        Unpredictable
        unpredictability of the timing and size of customer orders, since most of our customers purchase our products on a purchase order basis rather than pursuant to a long term contract;

        fluctuations in our operating resultsavailability and costs associated with materials needed to satisfy customer requirements;

        manufacturing defects, which could cause us to incur significant warranty, support and repair costs, lose potential sales, harm our stock pricerelationships with customers and result in write-downs;

        changes in our product pricing policies, including those made in response to decline.

                      Our quarterly revenues, expensesnew product announcements and operating results have varied in the past and might vary significantly from quarter to quarter in the future. For example, in the last two fiscal years, we have recorded quarterly operating income of as much as $834,000 and quarterly operating losses of as much as $2.3 million. We therefore believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisonspricing changes of our operating results are not a good indication of competitors; and

        our future performance,ability to address technology issues as they arise, improve our products' functionality and you should not rely on them to predictexpand our future performance or the future performance of our stock price.

        product offerings.

              Our expenses are, to a large extent, fixed, and we expect that these expenses will increase in the future. We will not be able to adjust our spending quickly if our revenues fall short of our expectations. If this were to occur, our operating results would be harmed. If our operating results in future quarters fall below the expectations of market analysts and investors, the price of our common stock could fall.

        We have incurred significant losses in prior periods and may incur losses in the future.

              FactorsWe have incurred significant losses in prior periods. For example, in fiscal 2003 and 2004, we incurred losses of $7.4 million and $670,000, respectively. Although we have operated profitably during the last two fiscal years, there can be no assurance that might causeour Very Fast SRAMs will continue to receive broad market acceptance or that we will be able to sustain revenue growth or profitability. Our failure to do so may result in additional losses in the future. In addition, we expect our operating resultsexpenses to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis include:

        the volume and timing of orders received from customers;

        the timing of releases of new products by us andincrease as we expand our competitors;

        fluctuations in yields at the independent wafer foundries that manufacturebusiness. If our products;

      7


          the long sales cycles for our Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAMs;

          the availability of SRAM products in the market;

          our abilityrevenues do not grow to anticipate changing end-user product requirements for the networking and telecommunications markets;

          change in demand for our products;

          the continued development of our direct and indirect distribution channels;

          the availability of foundry, assembly or test capacity;

          changes in average selling prices of our products;

          changes in our product mix;

          cancellation of existing orders or the failure to secure new orders; and

          offset these expected increased expenses, associated with our product design and development.
        business will suffer.



          We depend upon the sale of our Very Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAMs for allmost of our revenues, and a downturn in demand for ourthese products could have a more disproportionate impact onsignificantly reduce our revenues than if we derived revenues from a more diversified product offering.
          and harm our business.

                We derive allmost of our revenues from the sale of ourVery Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAMs, and we expect that sales of these products will represent the substantial majority of our revenues for the foreseeable future. Our business depends in large part upon continued demand for our products in the markets we currently serve, and adoption of our products in new markets. Market adoption will be dependent upon our ability to increase customer awareness of the benefits of our products and to prove their high performancehigh-performance and cost effectiveness.cost-effectiveness. We may not be able to sustain or increase our revenues from sales of our products, particularly if the networking and telecommunications markets enter intowere to experience another significant downturn in the future. Any decrease in revenues from sales of our products could harm our business more than it would if we offered a more diversified line of products.


          We are subject to the highly cyclical nature of the networking and telecommunications markets.

                Our products are incorporated into productsrouters, switches, wireless local area network infrastructure equipment, wireless base stations and network access equipment used in the highly cyclical networking and telecommunications markets. In recent quarters,Our operating results declined sharply in fiscal 2002 and 2003 as a result of the severe contraction in demand for networking and telecommunications markets have begun to emerge from an extended period of severe contraction. During this market contraction,equipment in which our operating results sharply declined.products are incorporated. Prior to this period of contraction, the networking and telecommunications markets experienced a period of rapid growth. During this period of growth, which resulted in a number of new telecommunications and networking companies entered the market. These new companies raised significant amounts of capital, much of which they invested in new equipment, causing acceleration in demand for networking and telecommunications equipment, and hence, an increase in demand for our products. We expect that the networking and telecommunications markets will continue to be highly cyclical, characterized by periods of rapid growth and contraction. Our business and our operating results are likely to fluctuate, perhaps quite severely, as a result of this cyclicality.

          The average selling prices of our products are expected to decline, and if we are unable to offset these declines, our operating results will suffer.

                Historically, the average unit selling prices of our products have declined substantially over the lives of the products, and we expect this trend to continue. A reduction in overall average selling prices of our products could result in reduced revenues and lower gross margins. Our ability to increase our net revenues and maintain our gross margins despite a decline in the average selling prices of our products will depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to introduce lower cost versions of our existing products, increase unit sales volumes of these products, and introduce new products with higher prices and greater margins. If we fail to accomplish any of these objectives, our business will suffer. To reduce our costs, we may be required to implement design changes that lower our manufacturing costs, negotiate reduced purchase prices from our independent foundry, Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited, or TSMC, and our independent assembly and test vendors, and successfully manage our manufacturing and subcontractor relationships. Because we do not operate our own wafer foundry or assembly facilities, we may not be able to reduce our costs as rapidly as companies that operate their own foundries or facilities.

          Cisco Systems, our largest OEM customer, accounts for a significant percentage of our net revenues. If Cisco, or any of our other major customers reduce the amount they purchase or stop purchasing our products, our operating results will suffer.

                Cisco Systems, our largest OEM customer, purchases our products through SMART Modular Technologies, its consignment warehouse, through its contract manufacturers and directly from us. Based on information provided to us by consignment warehouses and contract manufacturers, purchases by Cisco Systems ranged from approximately 27% to 32% of our net revenues in fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006, and in the six months ended September 30, 2006.


                We expect that our operating results in any given period will continue to depend significantly on orders from our key OEM customers, particularly Cisco Systems, and our future success is dependent to a large degree on the business success of these OEMs over which we have no control. We do not have long-term contracts with Cisco Systems or any of our other major end-users, distributors or contract manufacturers that obligate them to purchase our products. If we fail to continue to sell to our key OEM customers, distributors or contract manufacturers in sufficient quantities, the growth of our business could be harmed.

          We rely heavily on distributors and our success depends on our ability to develop and manage our indirect distribution channels.

                A significant percentage of our sales are made to distributors and to contract manufacturers who incorporate our products into end products for OEMs. For example, in fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006, and in the six months ended September 30, 2006, our distributor Avnet Logistics accounted for 32.0%, 32.5%, 30.4% and 24.9%, respectively, of our net revenues and our distributor Nu Horizons accounted for 3.0%, 6.1%, 10.3% and 8.1%, respectively, of our net revenues. Avnet Logistics, Nu Horizons and our other existing distributors may choose to devote greater resources to marketing and supporting the products of other companies. Since we sell through multiple channels and distribution networks, we may have to resolve potential conflicts between these channels. For example, these conflicts may result from the different discount levels offered by multiple channel distributors to their customers or, potentially, from our direct sales force targeting the same equipment manufacturer accounts as our indirect channel distributors. These conflicts may harm our business or reputation.

          We may be unable to accurately predict future sales through our distributors, which could harm our ability to efficiently manage our resources to match market demand.

                Our financial results, quarterly product sales, trends and comparisons are affected by fluctuations in the buying patterns of the OEMs that purchase our products from our distributors. While we attempt to assist our distributors in maintaining targeted stocking levels of our products, we may not consistently be accurate or successful. This process involves the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties, including end user demand. Inventory levels of our products held by our distributors may exceed or fall below the levels we consider desirable on a going-forward basis. This could result in distributors returning unsold inventory to us, or in us not having sufficient inventory to meet the demand for our products. If we are not able to accurately predict sales through our distributors or effectively manage our relationships with our distributors, our business and financial results will suffer.

          A small number of customers generally account for a significant portion of our accounts receivable in any period, and if any one of them fails to pay us, our operating results will suffer.

                At September 30, 2006, SMART Modular Technologies, Avnet Logistics and Nu Horizons accounted for 35.1%, 9.3% and 5.7%, respectively, of our accounts receivable. If any of these customers do not pay us, our operating results will be harmed. Generally, we do not require collateral from our customers.

          We could become subject to claims and litigation regarding intellectual property rights, which could seriously harm our business and require us to incur significant costs.

                In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the semiconductor industry involving patents and other intellectual property rights. In the past, we have been subject to claims and litigation regarding alleged infringement of other parties' intellectual property rights. In 2002, we settled patent litigation filed against us by one of our competitors, and obtained a license from that competitor in connection with the settlement. We could become subject to additional litigation in the future as a


        result of allegations that we infringe others' intellectual property rights or that our use of intellectual property otherwise violates the law. Claims that our products infringe the proprietary rights of others would force us to defend ourselves and possibly our customers or manufacturers against the alleged infringement. Any such litigation regarding intellectual property could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, changing our products or processes to avoid infringing the rights of others may be costly or impractical. If any claims received in the future were to be upheld, the consequences to us would be severe and could require us to:

          stop selling our products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

          obtain a license to sell or use the relevant technology, which license may not be available on reasonable terms or at all;

          pay damages; or

          redesign those products that use the disputed technology.

        Although patent disputes in the semiconductor industry have often been settled through cross-licensing arrangements, we may not be able in any or every instance to settle an alleged patent infringement claim through a cross-licensing arrangement. We have a more limited patent portfolio than many of our competitors. If a successful claim is made against us or any of our customers and a license is not made available to us on commercially reasonable terms or we are required to pay substantial damages or awards, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

          Our business will suffer if we are unable to protect our intellectual property.

                Our success and ability to compete depends in large part upon protecting our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, copyright and trademark laws and non-disclosure and other contractual agreements to protect our proprietary rights. These agreements and measures may not be sufficient to protect our technology from third-party infringement, or to protect us from the claims of others. Monitoring unauthorized use of our products is difficult and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our technology, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. Our attempts to enforce our intellectual property rights could be time consuming and costly. Litigation may be necessary in order to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement. If competitors are able to use our technology without our approval or compensation, our ability to compete effectively could be harmed.

          The market for Very Fast SRAMs is highly competitive.

                The market for Very Fast SRAMs, which are used primarily in networking and telecommunications equipment, is characterized by price erosion, rapid technological change, cyclical market patterns and heightened foreign and domestic competition. Several of our competitors offer a broad array of memory products and have greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution and other resources than we have. Some of our competitors maintain their own semiconductor fabrication facilities, which may provide them with capacity, cost and technical advantages over us. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against any of these competitors. Our ability to compete successfully in this market depends on factors both within and outside of our control, including:

          real or perceived imbalances in supply and demand of Very Fast SRAMs;

          the rate at which OEMs incorporate our products into their systems;

            the success of our customers' products;

            our ability to develop and market new products;

            access to advanced process technologies at competitive prices; and

            the supply and cost of wafers.

          In addition, we are vulnerable to advances in technology by competitors, including new SRAM architectures and new forms of dynamic random access memory, or DRAM, or the emergence of new memory technologies that could enable the development of products that feature higher performance, lower cost or lower power capabilities. Additionally, the trend towards incorporating SRAM into other chips in the networking and telecommunications markets has the potential to reduce future demand for Very Fast SRAM products. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully in the future. Our failure to compete successfully in these or other areas could harm our business.

            We may experience difficulties in transitioning to smaller geometry process technologies and other more advanced manufacturing process technologies, which may result in reduced manufacturing yields, delays in product deliveries and increased expenses.

                  In order to remain competitive, we expect to continue to transition the manufacture of our products to smaller geometry process technologies. This transition will require us to migrate to new manufacturing processes for our products and redesign certain products. The manufacture and design of our products is complex, and we may experience difficulty in transitioning to smaller geometry process technologies or new manufacturing processes. These difficulties could result in reduced manufacturing yields, delays in product deliveries and increased expenses. We are dependent on our relationships with TSMC to transition successfully to smaller geometry process technologies and to more advanced manufacturing processes. We cannot assure you that TSMC will be able to effectively manage the transition or that we will be able to maintain our relationship with TSMC. If we or TSMC experience significant delays in this transition or fail to implement these transitions, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

            Manufacturing process technologies are subject to rapid change and require significant expenditures for research and development.

                  We continuously evaluate the benefits of migrating to smaller geometry process technologies in order to improve performance and reduce costs. Historically, these migrations to new manufacturing processes have resulted in significant initial design and development costs associated with pre-production mask sets for the manufacture of new products with smaller geometry process technologies. For example, in the six months ended September 30, 2005, we incurred $678,000 in research and development associated with pre-production mask sets, which were not later used in production as part of the transition to our new 90 nanometer process technology. We will incur similar expenses in the future as we continue to transition our products to smaller geometry processes. The transition costs inherent in the transition to new manufacturing process technologies will adversely affect our operating results and our gross margin.

            Our products are complex to design and manufacture and could contain defects, which could reduce revenues or result in claims against us.

                  We develop complex products. Despite testing by us and our OEM customers, design or manufacturing errors may be found in existing or new products. These defects could result in a delay in recognition or loss of revenues, loss of market share or failure to achieve market acceptance. These defects may also cause us to incur significant warranty, support and repair costs, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts, result in a loss of market acceptance


          of our products and harm our relationships with our OEM customers. Our OEM customers could also seek and obtain damages from us for their losses. A product liability claim brought against us, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time consuming and costly to defend.

                  Defects in wafers and other components used in our products and arising from the manufacturing of these products may not be fully recoverable from TSMC or other suppliers. For example, in the quarter ended December 31, 2005, we incurred a charge of approximately $900,000 related to the write-off of inventory resulting from an error in the assembly process at one of our suppliers. This write-off adversely affected our operating results for fiscal 2006.

            We are dependent on a number of single source suppliers, and if we fail to obtain adequate supplies, our business will be harmed and our prospects for growth will be curtailed.

                  We currently purchase several key components used in the manufacture of our products from single sources and are dependent upon supply from these sources to meet our needs. If any of these suppliers cannot provide components on a timely basis, at the same price or at all, our ability to manufacture our products will be constrained and our business will suffer. For example, we obtain wafers from a single foundry, TSMC. If we are unable to obtain an adequate supply of wafers from TSMC or find alternative sources in a timely manner, we will be unable to fulfill our customer orders and our operating results will be harmed. We do not have supply agreements with TSMC or any of our independent assembly and test suppliers, and instead obtain manufacturing services and products on a purchase-order basis. Our suppliers, including TSMC, have no obligation to supply products or services to us for any specific product, in any specific quantity, at any specific price or for any specific time period. As a result, the loss or failure to perform by any of these suppliers could adversely affect our business and operating results.

                  Should any of our single source suppliers experience manufacturing failures or yield shortfalls, be disrupted by natural disaster or political instability, choose to prioritize capacity or inventory for other uses or reduce or eliminate deliveries to us, we likely will not be able to enforce fulfillment of any delivery commitments and we would have to identify and qualify acceptable replacements from alternative sources of supply. In particular, if TSMC is unable to supply us with sufficient quantities of wafers to meet all of our requirements, we would have to allocate our products among our customers, which would constrain our growth and might cause some of them to seek alternative sources of supply. Since the manufacturing of wafers and other components is extremely complex, the process of qualifying new foundries and suppliers is a lengthy process and there is no assurance that we will be able to find and qualify another supplier without materially adversely affecting our business, financial condition and results of operations.

            Because we outsource our wafer manufacturing and independent wafer foundry capacity is limited, we may be required to enter into costly long-term supply arrangements to secure foundry capacity.

                  We do not have long-term supply agreements with TSMC, but instead obtain our wafers on a purchase order basis. In order to secure future wafer supply from TSMC or from other independent foundries, we may be required to enter into various arrangements with them, which could include:

            contracts that commit us to purchase specified quantities of wafers over extended periods;

            investments in and joint ventures with the foundries; or

            non-refundable deposits with or prepayments or loans to foundries in exchange for capacity commitments.

                  We may not be able to make any of these arrangements in a timely fashion or at all, and these arrangements, if any, may not be on terms favorable to us. Moreover, even if we are able to secure


          independent foundry capacity, we may be obligated to use all of that capacity or incur penalties. These penalties may be expensive and could harm our financial results.

            If we are unable to offset increased wafer fabrication costs by increasing the average selling prices of our products, our gross margins will suffer.

                  If there is a significant upturn in the networking and telecommunications markets that results in increased demand for our products and competing products, the available supply of wafers may be limited. As a result, we could be required to obtain additional manufacturing capacity in order to meet increased demand. Securing additional manufacturing capacity may cause our wafer fabrication costs to increase. If we are unable to offset these increased costs by increasing the average selling prices of our products, our gross margins will decline.

            Demand for our products may decrease if our OEM customers experience difficulty manufacturing, marketing or selling their products.

                  Our products are used as components in our OEM customers' products. For example, Cisco Systems, our largest OEM customer, incorporates our products in a number of its networking routers and switches. Accordingly, demand for our products is subject to factors affecting the ability of our OEM customers to successfully introduce and market their products, including:

            capital spending by telecommunication and network service providers and other end users who purchase our OEM customers' products;

            the competition our OEM customers face, particularly in the networking and telecommunications industries;

            the technical, manufacturing, sales and marketing and management capabilities of our OEM customers;

            the financial and other resources of our OEM customers; and

            the inability of our OEM customers to sell their products if they infringe third-party intellectual property rights.

          As a result, if OEM customers reduce their purchases of our products, our business will suffer.

            Downturns in the semiconductor industry may harm our business.
            revenues and margins.

                  The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical. The industry has experienced significant downturns, often in connection with, or in anticipation of, maturing product cycles of both semiconductor companies' and their customers' products and declines in general economic conditions. These downturns have been characterized by production overcapacity, high inventory levels and

          8



          accelerated erosion of average selling prices. From time to time, the semiconductor industry also has experienced periods of increased demand and production capacity constraints.

                  Our operating results may suffer during the down portion of these cycles. For example, the SRAM industry experienced significant declines in the average selling prices of SRAM products during the recent downturn in the semiconductor industry. We expect similar declines to occur in the future. Downturns in the semiconductor industry could cause our stock price to be volatile, and a prolonged decline in the industry could harmadversely affect our operating results.


          The average selling prices of our products are expected to decline, and if we are unable to offset these declines, our operating results will suffer.

                        We expect that the average unit selling prices of our products will be subject to significant pricing pressures. A reduction in average selling prices of our products could result in reduced revenues and lower gross margins on our products. Our ability to increase our net revenues and maintain our gross margins despite a decline in the average selling prices of our products will depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to introduce lower cost versions of our existing products, increase unit sales volumes of these products, and introduce new products with higher prices. If we fail to accomplish any of these objectives, our business will suffer. To reduce our costs, we may be required to implement design changes that lower our manufacturing costs, negotiate reduced purchase prices from our foundries and assembly and test vendors, and successfully manage our manufacturing and subcontractor relationships. Because we do not operate our own wafer foundry or assembly facilities, we may not be able to reduce our costs as rapidly as companies that operate their own foundries or facilities.


          A small number of customers account for a significant percentage of our net revenues. If any of our major customers reduce the amount they purchase or stop purchasing our products, our operating results will suffer.

                        Historically, a small number of customers and end-users have accounted for a significant portion of our net revenues. A significant percentage of our sales are made to distributors and to contract manufacturers who incorporate our products into end products for systems manufacturers, including Cisco Systems. For the nine months ended December 31, 2003, SMART Modular Technologies, which operates consigned warehouses for Cisco Systems, accounted for 26.5% of our net revenues. During the same period, distributors Impact and Avnet Logistics accounted for 17.0% and 14.1%, respectively, of our net revenues. Cisco Systems, the largest end-user of our products, accounted for approximately one quarter to one third of our net revenues for the nine months ended December 31, 2003, fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2002. Cisco Systems purchases our products directly, through our distributors, through its contract manufacturers and through SMART Modular Technologies.

                        We anticipate that our operating results in any given period will continue to depend, to a significant extent, upon revenues from a small number of end-users, distributors and contract manufacturers. We expect to continue to depend significantly on orders from our key end-users, particularly Cisco Systems, and our future success is dependent to a large degree on the business success of these end-users over which we have no control. We do not have long-term contracts with Cisco Systems, or our other major end-users, distributors or contract manufacturers that obligate them to purchase our products. If we fail to continue to sell to our key end-users, distributors or contract manufacturers in sufficient quantities, the growth of our business could be harmed. If a key end-user, distributor or contract manufacturer were to delay orders or payment or terminate its relationship with us, our business would be harmed.

          9




          A small number of customers generally account for a significant portion of our accounts receivable in any period, and if any one of them fails to pay us, our operating results will suffer.

                        A small number of customers generally account for a significant portion of our accounts receivable in any period, and if any of them fails to pay us, our operating results will suffer. For example, at March 31, 2003, Celestica, Avnet Logistics and Unique Technologies accounted for 17.0%, 15.4% and 10.4%, respectively, of our accounts receivable. If any of these customers do not pay us, our operating results will be harmed. Generally, we do not require collateral from our customers.


          The market for Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAMs is highly competitive.

                        The market for Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAMs, which are used primarily in networking and telecommunications equipment, is characterized by price erosion, rapid technological change, cyclical market patterns and heightened foreign and domestic competition. Several of our competitors offer broader product lines and have greater financial, technical, marketing, distribution and other resources than we have. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against any of these competitors. Our ability to compete successfully in this market depends on factors both within and outside of our control, including:

            real or perceived imbalances in supply and demand of SRAMs;

            the rate at which OEMs incorporate our products into their systems;

            the success of our customers' products;

            our ability to develop and market new products;

            access to advanced process technologies at competitive prices; and

            the supply and cost of wafers.

          In addition, we are vulnerable to advances in technology used by competitors to offer products that feature higher performance, lower cost or lower power capabilities. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully in the future as to any of these factors. Our failure to compete successfully in these or other areas could harm our business.


          Our products are complex and could contain defects, which could reduce revenues or result in claims against us.

                        We develop complex products. Despite testing by us and our end-users, design or manufacturing errors may be found in existing or new products. These defects could result in a delay in recognition or loss of revenues, loss of market share or failure to achieve market acceptance. These defects may also cause us to incur significant warranty, support and repair costs, divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts, result in a delay or loss of market acceptance of our products and harm our relationships with our end-users. Our end-users could also seek and obtain damages from us for their losses. A product liability claim brought against us, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time consuming and costly to defend.

                        In addition, wafers and other components used in our products may contain defects that are not fully recoverable from our independent wafer foundries and other suppliers. For example, in the quarter ended March 31, 2003, we returned approximately $2.8 million of defective wafers to Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited, or TSMC, which required us to take a charge of approximately $700,000 to cost of revenues for manufacturing costs incurred in excess of the amount credited by TSMC.

          10




          We are dependent on the supply of wafers from independent foundries over which we have no control, and if we fail to obtain an adequate supply of wafers, our business will be harmed.

                        To produce our products, we require wafers that are manufactured by independent foundries over which we have no control. If we are unable to obtain an adequate supplycontrol our expenses adequately in response to reduced net sales, our results of wafers from our current or any alternative sourcesoperations would be negatively impacted. For example, the industry downturn in 2001 resulted in a timely manner, our operating results will be harmed. Our ability to increase IC shipments is dependent on our ability to increase production through the allocation of increased wafer fabrication capacity by our existing foundries. To date, our principal manufacturing relationship has been with TSMC from which we have obtained a substantial majority of our wafers. We also receive wafers from WaferTech LLC, located$3.9 million inventory write-off in Washington. WaferTech is a subsidiary of TSMC. Each of our wafer foundries also supplies wafers to other IC companies, including our competitors. We do not have supply agreements with these manufacturers, and instead obtain manufacturing services on a purchase-order basis. Our manufacturers have no obligation to supply products to us for any specific product, in any specific quantity, at any specific price or for any specific time period. If these suppliers experience manufacturing failures or yield shortfalls, are disrupted by natural disaster or political instability, choose to prioritize capacity for other uses or reduce or eliminate deliveries to us, we likely will not be able to enforce fulfillment of any delivery commitments. Our wafer foundries may be unable to supply us with sufficient quantities to meet all of our requirements. If this were to occur, we would have to allocate our products among our end-users which would constrain our growth and might cause some of them to seek alternative sources of supply. To increase our supply of wafers, we may seek to qualify additional manufacturing sources. The qualification process may take up to 12 months or longer and there is no assurance that we will be able to find and qualify another manufacturer. Moreover, it is uncertain whether additional manufacturing sources would agree to deliver an adequate supply of wafers to us.fiscal 2002.



            Because we outsource our wafer manufacturing and independent wafer foundry capacity is limited, we may be required to enter into costly long-term supply arrangements to secure foundry capacity.

                          We do not have long-term supply agreements with our wafer foundries but instead obtain our wafers on a purchase order basis. In order to secure wafer supply from our current or future independent foundries, we may be required to enter into various arrangements with them, which could include:

              contracts that commit us to purchase specified quantities of wafers over extended periods;

              investments in and joint ventures with the foundries; or

              non-refundable deposits with or prepayments or loans to foundries in exchange for capacity commitments.

                          We may not be able to make any of these arrangements in a timely fashion or at all, and these arrangements, if any, may not be on terms favorable to us. Moreover, if we are able to secure independent foundry capacity, we may be obligated to use all of that capacity or incur penalties. These penalties may be expensive and could harm our financial results.


            Any significant order cancellations or order deferrals could adversely affect our operating results.

                          We typically sell products pursuant to purchase orders that customers can generally cancel or defer on short notice without incurring a significant penalty. Any significant cancellations or deferrals in the future could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Cancellations or deferrals could cause us to hold excess inventory, which could reduce our profit margins, increase product obsolescence and restrict our ability to fund our operations. We generally recognize revenue upon shipment of products to a customer. If a customer refuses to accept shipped products or does not pay for these products, we could miss future revenue projections or incur

            11



            significant charges against our income, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results.


            Demand for our products may decrease if our end-users and contract manufacturers experience difficulty manufacturing, marketing or selling their products.

                          Our products are used as components in our end-users' networking and telecommunications products. For example, Cisco Systems, our largest end-user, incorporates our products in a number of its networking routers and switches. Accordingly, demand for our products is subject to factors affecting the ability of our end-users and their contract manufacturers to successfully introduce and market their products, including:

              capital spending by service providers and other enterprises who purchase our end-users' products;

              the competition our end-users face in the networking and telecommunications industries;

              the technical, manufacturing, sales and marketing and management capabilities of our end-users and contract manufacturers;

              the financial and other resources of end-users of our products and their contract manufacturers; and

              the inability of our end-users to sell their products if they infringe third party intellectual property rights.

            If demand for the products offered by our end-users or their contract manufacturers decreases, they may reduce purchases of our products, which would harm our business.


            If we do not successfully develop new products to respond to rapid market changes due to changing technology and evolving industry standards, particularly in the networking and telecommunications markets, our business will be harmed.

                  If we fail to offer technologically advanced products and respond to technological advances and emerging standards, we may not generate sufficient revenues to offset our development costs and other expenses, which will hurt our business. The development of new or enhanced products is a complex and uncertain process that requires the accurate anticipation of technological and market trends. In particular, the networking and telecommunications markets are rapidly evolving and new standards are emerging. We may experience development, marketing and other technological difficulties that may delay or limit our ability to respond to technological changes, evolving industry standards, competitive developments or end-user requirements. For example, because we have limited experience developing integrated circuits, or IC products other than Very Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAMs, our efforts to introduce new products may not be successful and our business may suffer. Other challenges that we face include:

            our products may become obsolete upon the introduction of alternative technologies;

            we may incur substantial costs if we need to modify our products to respond to these alternative technologies;

            we may not have sufficient resources to develop or acquire new technologies or to introduce new products capable of competing with future technologies;

            new products that we develop may not successfully integrate with our end-users' products into which they are incorporated;

            we may be unable to develop new products that incorporate emerging industry standards;

          12


              we may be unable to develop or acquire the rights to use the intellectual property necessary to implement new technologies; and

              when introducing new or enhanced products, we may be unable to manage effectively the transition from older products.


              We may experience difficulties in transitioning to smaller geometry process technologies and other more advanced manufacturing process technologies and that may result in reduced manufacturing yields, delays in product deliveries and increased expenses.

                            In order to remain competitive, we expect to continue to transition our products to smaller geometry process technologies. This transition will require us to migrate to new manufacturing processes for our products and redesign certain products. We periodically evaluate the benefits, on a product-by-product basis, of migrating to smaller geometry process technologies to reduce our costs and increase performance, and we have designed products to be manufactured using 90 nanometer geometry process technologies. We may experience difficulty in transitioning to smaller geometry process technologies or new manufacturing processes. These difficulties could result in reduced manufacturing yields, delays in product deliveries and increased expenses. We are dependent on our relationships with our wafer foundries to transition successfully to smaller geometry process technologies and to more advanced manufacturing processes. We cannot assure you that our wafer foundries will be able to effectively manage the transition or that we will be able to maintain our relationships with our foundries. If we or our wafer foundries experience significant delays in this transition or fail to implement these transitions, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.


              Our products have lengthy sales cycles that make it difficult to plan our expenses and forecast results.

                    Our products are generally incorporated in our end-users'OEM customers' products at the design stage. However, their decisions to use our products often require significant expenditures by us without any assurance of success, and often precede volume sales, if any, by a year or more. If an end-userOEM customer decides at the design stage not to incorporate our products into their products, we will not have another opportunity for a design win with respect to that customer's product for many months or years, if at all. Our sales cycle can take up to 24 months to complete, and because of this lengthy sales cycle, we may experience a delay between increasing expenses for research and development and our sales and marketing efforts and the generation of volume production revenues, if any, from these expenditures. Moreover, the value of any design win will largely depend on the commercial success of our end-user'sOEM customers' products. There can be no assurance that we will continue to achieve design wins or that any design win will result in future revenues.


              Our business will suffer if we are unable to protectAny significant order cancellations or order deferrals could adversely affect our intellectual property.
              operating results.

                    Our success and abilityWe typically sell products pursuant to compete depends in large part upon protecting our proprietary technology. We relypurchase orders that customers can generally cancel or defer on short notice without incurring a combination of trade secret, copyright and trademark laws and non-disclosure and other contractual agreements to protect our proprietary rights. These agreements and measures may not be sufficient to protect our technology from third party infringement,significant penalty. Any significant cancellations or to protect us from the claims of others. In addition, we do not have any patents or registered trademarks. Monitoring unauthorized use of our products is difficult and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our technology, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully asdeferrals in the United States. Our attempts to enforce our intellectual property rightsfuture could be time consumingmaterially and costly. Litigation may be necessary in order to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement. If competitors are able to use our technology, our ability to compete effectively could be harmed.

            13




            We could become subject to claims and litigation regarding intellectual property rights, which could seriously harm our business and require us to incur significant costs.

                          If we infringe the proprietary rights of others, we could be forced to either seek a license to those intellectual property rights or alter our products so that they no longer infringe upon other's proprietary rights. Any license could be very expensive to obtain or may not be available at all. In 2002, we settled patent litigation filed against us by one of our competitors, and obtained a license from that competitor in connection with the settlement. Similarly, changing our products or processes to avoid infringing the rights of others may be costly or impractical. Litigation resulting from claims that we are infringing others propriety rights could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could have a material adverse effect onadversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Cancellations or deferrals could cause us to hold excess inventory, which could reduce our profit margins, increase product obsolescence and restrict our ability to fund our operations. We generally recognize revenue upon shipment of products to a customer. If any claims receiveda customer refuses to accept shipped


            products or does not pay for these products, we could miss future revenue projections or incur significant charges against our income, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results.

              We are subject to pending legal proceedings.

                    We have been named as a defendant in a number of civil antitrust complaints filed against semiconductor companies on behalf of purported classes of direct and indirect purchasers of SRAM products throughout the United States. The complaints allege that the defendants conspired to raise the price of SRAM in violation of Section 1 of the Sherman Act, the California Cartwright Act, and several other state antitrust, unfair competition and consumer protection statutes. We believe that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations in the future werecomplaints, and we intend to defend these lawsuits vigorously. However, the litigation is in the preliminary stage and we cannot predict its outcome. Multidistrict antitrust litigation is particularly complex and can extend for a protracted time, which can substantially increase the cost of such litigation. The defense of these lawsuits is also expected to divert the efforts and attention of some of our key management and technical personnel. As a result, our defense of this litigation, regardless of its eventual outcome, will likely be upheld,costly and time consuming. Should the consequencesoutcome of the litigation be adverse to us, wouldwe could be severe andrequired to pay significant monetary damages, which could require us to:

              stop selling our products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

              obtain a license to sell or use the relevant technology, which license may not be available on reasonable terms or at all;

              pay damages; or

              redesign those products that use the disputed technology.

            If we are forced to take any of the foregoing actions,adversely affect our business, could be severely harmed.financial condition, operating results and cash flows.


              As our business grows, such growth may place a significant strain on our management and operations and, as a result, our business might not succeed.
              may suffer.

                          Our ability to grow successfully requires an effective planning and management process.        We plan to continue to expandexpanding our business, and our expected growth could place a significant strain on our management systems, infrastructure and other resources. To manage the expected growth of our growth effectively,operations and increases in the number of our personnel, we mustwill need to invest the necessary capital and continue to improve our operational, financial and expandmanagement controls and our reporting systems and infrastructureprocedures. Accordingly, we are currently transitioning the preparation of all of our internal reporting to a new enterprise resource planning system, which is expected to be implemented in athe first quarter of fiscal 2008. If we encounter problems with the implementation of this system, we may have difficulties tracking internal information, which would adversely affect our ability to timely report our financial results. Our controls, systems and efficient manner. Those resourcesprocedures might not be available whenadequate to support a growing public company. In addition, we need them, which would limitlikely do not have sufficient administrative staff to support our growth. Ouroperations. For example, we currently have only three employees in our finance department in the United States, including our Chief Financial Officer. Furthermore, our officers have limited experience in managing large or rapidly growing businesses. In addition,businesses and the majority of our management has no experience in managing a public company or communicating with securities analysts and public company investors. Our controls, systems and procedures might not be adequate to support a growing public company. If our management fails to respond effectively to changes in our business, our business might not succeed.may suffer.


              Our international business exposes us to additional risks.

                    Products providedshipped to our international customersdestinations outside of the United States accounted for 52.5% of our net revenues for the nine months ended December 31, 200351.9%, 48.3% and 47.6%50.3% of our net revenues in fiscal 2003.2005 and 2006 and the six months ended September 30, 2006, respectively. Moreover, a substantial portion of our products is manufactured and tested in Taiwan. We intend to expand our international business in the future. Conducting business outside of the United States subjects us to additional risks and challenges, including:

              heightened price sensitivity from customers in emerging markets;

              compliance with a wide variety of foreign laws and regulations;

              legal uncertainties regarding taxes, tariffs, quotas, export controls, competition, export licenses and other trade barriers;


                political and economic instability in, or foreign conflicts that involve or affect, the countries of our customers;

                difficulties in collecting accounts receivable and longer accounts receivable payment cycles;

              14


                  difficulties in staffing and managing personnel, distributors and representatives;

                  reducedlimited protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; and

                  fluctuations in freight rates and transportation disruptions.

                Moreover, our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. However, a significant portion of our cost of revenues and our operating expenses is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the newNew Taiwanese dollar. As a result, appreciation or depreciation of other currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar could result in material transaction or translation gains or losses that could reduceimpact our operating results. We do not currently engage in currency hedging activities.


                  Our third-party foundries andTSMC, our other subcontractorsindependent suppliers and many of our OEM customers are locatedhave operations in the Pacific Rim, an area subject to significant earthquake risk and adverse consequences related to the potential outbreak of SARS and other epidemics.
                  contagious diseases such as the Avian Flu.

                        All of the principal foundriesThe foundry that manufacturemanufactures our products, TSMC, and all of the principal subcontractorsindependent suppliers that assemble and test our products are located in Taiwan. Many of our customers are also located in the Pacific Rim. The risk of an earthquake in these Pacific Rim locations is significant. The occurrence of an earthquake or other natural disaster near these foundriesthe fabrication facilities of TSMC or subcontractorsour other independent suppliers could result in damage, power outages and other disruptions that impair their production and assembly capacity. Any disruption resulting from such events could cause significant delays in the production or shipment of our products until we are able to shift our manufacturing, assembling, packaging or production testing from the affected contractor to another third-party vendor. While we have some foundry capacity in the United States,In such an event, we may not be able to increase our foundry capacity in the United States, or obtain other alternate foundry capacity on favorable terms, ifor at all.

                        The outbreak of SARS in the past2003 curtailed travel to and from certain countries, primarily in the Asia-Pacific region, and limited travel within those countries. If there were to be another outbreak of a contagious disease, such as SARS or the Avian Flu, that significantly affected the Asia-Pacific region, the operations of our key suppliers could be disrupted. In addition, outbreaksour business could be harmed if such an outbreak resulted in travel being restricted, as it was during parts of disease2003, or other disasters could limitif it adversely affected the operations of our OEM customers or the demand for our products or our OEM customers' products.


                  Changes in Taiwan's political, social and economic environment may affect our business performance.

                        Because much of the manufacturing and testing of our products is conducted in Taiwan, our business performance may be affected by changes in Taiwan's political, social and economic environment. For example, any political instability resulting from the relationship among the United States, Taiwan and the People's Republic of China could damage our business. Moreover, the role of the Taiwanese government in the Taiwanese economy is significant. Taiwanese policies toward economic liberalization, and laws and policies affecting technology companies, foreign investment, currency exchange rates, taxes and other matters could change, resulting in greater restrictions on our ability and our suppliers' ability to do business and operate facilities in Taiwan. If any of these riskschanges were to occur, our business could be harmed and our stock price could decline.



                  Our success depends onMarket demand for our ability to developproducts may decrease as a result of changes in general economic conditions, as well as incidents of terrorism, war and manage our indirect distribution channels.
                  other social and political instability.

                        Our success dependsrevenues and gross profit depend largely on general economic conditions and, in particular, the strength of demand for our abilityproducts in the markets in which we are doing business. From time to developtime, customers and managepotential customers have elected not to make purchases of our indirect distribution channels. Our existing orproducts due to reduced budgets and uncertainty about the future, channeland, in the case of distributors, may choose to devote greater resources to marketing and supporting the products of other companies. Since we sell through multiple channels and distribution networks, we may have to resolve potential conflicts between these channels. For example, these conflicts may resultdeclining demand from the different discount levels offered by multiple channel distributors to their customers for their solutions in which they integrate our products. Similarly, from time to time, acts of terrorism, in particular in the United States, have had a negative impact on information technology spending. High fuel prices and turmoil in the Middle East and elsewhere have increased uncertainty in the United States and our other markets. Should the current conflicts in the Middle East and in other parts of the world suppress economic activity in the United States or potentially, fromglobally, our direct sales force targeting the same equipment manufacturer accounts ascustomers may delay or reduce their purchases on information technology, which would result in lower demand for our indirect channel distributors. These conflicts may harmproducts and adversely affect our business or reputation.results of operations.

                15




                  We are substantially dependent on the continued services and performance of our senior management and other key personnel.

                        Our future success is substantially dependent on the continued services and continuing contributions of our senior management and other key personnel, particularly our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Vice President of Engineering. Loss of the services of any of our executive officers or other key employees could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives. Our management teamwho must work together effectively in order to design our products, expand our business, increase our revenues and improve our operating results. The loss of services of Lee-Lean Shu, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Robert Yau, our Vice President of Engineering, any other executive officer or other key employee could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives. We do not have employment contracts with, nor maintain key person insurance on, any of our executive officers.


                  If we are unable to recruit or retain qualified personnel, our business and product development efforts could be harmed.

                        We must continue to identify, recruit, hire, train, retain and motivate highly skilled technical, managerial, sales and marketing and administrative personnel. Competition for these individuals is intense, and we may not be able to successfully recruit, assimilate or retain sufficiently qualified personnel. We may encounter difficulties in recruiting and retaining a sufficient number of qualified engineers, which could harm our ability to develop new products and adversely impact our relationships with existing and future end-users at a critical stage of development. The failure to recruit and retain necessary technical, managerial, sales, marketing and administrative personnel could harm our business and our ability to obtain new end-usersOEM customers and develop new products.


                  We may need to raise additional capital in the future, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all, and which may cause dilution to existing stockholders.

                        We may need to seek additional funding in the future. We do not know if we will be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, if and when needed, we may not be able to develop or enhance our products, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated requirements, and we may be required to reduce operating costs, which could seriously harm our business. In addition, if we issue equity securities, our stockholders may experience additional dilution or the new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our common stock.



                  Our products are increasingly being incorporated into advanced military electronics, and changes in international geopolitical circumstances and domestic budget considerations may hurt our business.

                        Our products are increasingly being incorporated into advanced military electronics such as radar and guidance systems. Military expenditures and appropriations for such purchases have risen significantly in recent years. However, should the current conflicts in Iraq and Afghanistan and the general war on terror subside, our operating results would likely suffer. Domestic budget considerations may also adversely affect our operating results. For example, if governmental appropriations for military purchases of electronic devices that include our products are reduced, our revenues will likely decline.

                  Our reportedIf we acquire any companies or technologies in the future, they could prove difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and adversely affect our operating results.

                        In the future, we may acquire or make investments in companies, assets or technologies that we believe are complementary or strategic. We have not made any acquisitions or investments to date, and therefore our ability as an organization to make acquisitions or investments is unproven. If we decide to make an acquisition or investment, we face numerous risks, including:

                  difficulties in integrating operations, technologies, products and personnel;

                  diversion of financial resultsand managerial resources from existing operations;

                  risk of overpaying for or misjudging the strategic fit of an acquired company, asset or technology;

                  problems or liabilities stemming from defects of an acquired product or intellectual property litigation that may result from offering the acquired product in our markets;

                  challenges in retaining employees key to maximize the value of the acquisition or investment;

                  inability to generate sufficient return on investment;

                  incurrence of significant one-time write-offs; and

                  delays in customer purchases due to uncertainty.

                If we proceed with an acquisition or investment, we may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted inrequired to use a considerable amount of our cash, including proceeds from this offering, or to finance the United States.

                              We preparetransaction through debt or equity securities offerings, which may decrease our financial statements in conformityliquidity or dilute our stockholders and affect the market price of our stock. As a result, if we fail to properly evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments, our business and prospects may be harmed.

                        As a public company, we will incur significantadditional legal, accounting and other expenses that we diddo not incur as a private company. In addition,The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that became law in July 2002,or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and The Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, or Nasdaq rules, will apply to us as well as new rules subsequently adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq National Market, have required significant changes in the corporate governance practices ofa public companies. We expectcompany. Compliance with these new rules and regulations to increasewill necessitate significant increases in our legal and financial compliance costs,budgets and may also strain our personnel, systems and resources.

                        The Exchange Act requires, among other things, filing of annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to make some activities more difficult, time consuming and/or costly. Forour business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial

                16




                example, asreporting. Satisfying these requirements involves a commitment of significant resources and management oversight. As a result of becomingmanagement's efforts to comply with such requirements, other important business concerns may receive insufficient attention, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to meet certain of these regulatory requirements may also cause us to be delisted from the Nasdaq Global Market.

                        In addition, in order to comply with these additional requirements, we are hiring and will continue to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company we have created several board committeesexperience and adopted additional internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. We have also retained a transfer agent, a bank note company and a financial printer, adopted an insider trading policy andtechnical accounting knowledge, which will have all of the internal and external costs of preparing and distributing periodic public reportsincrease our operating expenses in compliance with our obligations under the securities laws.future periods.

                        We also expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtainmaintain coverage. These new rulesIf we are unable to maintain adequate directors' and regulations could also makeofficers' insurance, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified memberspersons to serve on our board of our Board of Directors,directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee, and qualified executive officers.


                  Our operations involve the use of hazardous and toxic materials, and we must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive, and may affect our business and operating results.

                        We are subject to federal, state and local regulations relating to the use, handling, storage, disposal and human exposure to hazardous and toxic materials. If we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws in the future as a result of our inability to obtain permits, human error, accident, equipment failure or other causes, we could be subject to fines, costs, or civil or criminal sanctions, face property damage or personal injury claims or be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, which could be material, or experience disruptions in our operations, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, environmental laws could become more stringent over time imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations, which could harm our business.

                        We also face increasing complexity in our product design as we adjust to new and future requirements relating to the materials composition of our products, including the restrictions on lead and other hazardous substances applicable to specified electronic products placed on the market in the European Union (Restriction on the Use of Hazardous Substances Directive 2002/95/EC, also known as the RoHS Directive). We also expect that our operations will be affected by other new environmental laws and regulations on an ongoing basis. Although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any such new laws and regulations, they will likely result in additional costs, and could require that we change the design and/or manufacturing of our products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

                Risks Related to this Offering
                and Our Common Stock

                  There has been no prior market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may decline after this offering.

                        Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock and the trading price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market.

                        An active trading market may not develop and you may not be able to resell the shares you purchase at or above the initial public offering price, or at all. The trading price of our common stock



                may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

                  actual or anticipated declines in operating results;

                  changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

                  announcements by us or our competitors of financial results, new products, significant technological innovations, contracts, acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures, capital commitments or other events;

                  rapid changes in industry estimates in demand for Very Fast SRAM products;

                  the gain or loss of significant orders or customers;

                  recruitment or departure of key personnel; and

                  market conditions in our industry, the industries of our customers and the economy as a whole.


                  If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, our stock price could decline.

                        The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. Other companies in our industry and market are larger, established, publicly traded companies. As a result, it may be difficult for us to attract analyst coverage. If we should be unable to attract analyst coverage or if one or more of these analysts should cease coverage of our company, our visibility in the financial market would suffer, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline rapidly. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.


                  The price of our stock may be volatile, which could harm our business or stockholders and result in litigation.

                        In recent years the stock market in general, and the market for technology stocks in particular, have experienced extreme price fluctuations, which have often been unrelated to the operating performance of affected companies. The market price of our common stock might experience

                17



                significant fluctuations in the future, including fluctuations unrelated to our performance. These fluctuations could materially adversely affect our business relationships, our ability to obtain future financing on favorable terms or otherwise harm our business. In addition, in the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially acute for us because the extreme volatility of market prices of technology companies has resulted in a larger number of securities class action claims against them. Due to the potential volatility of our stock price, we may in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources. This could harm our business and cause the value of our stock to decline.


                  We have no specific plan for the use of the net proceeds, and our investment of the net proceeds may not yield a favorable return.

                        We plan to use most of the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital. We may use the net proceeds in ways with which our stockholders may not agree or that prove to be disadvantageous to our stockholders. We may not be able to invest the net proceeds of this offering in a manner that yields a favorable return.return, which could harm our financial position and cause the value of our stock to decline.



                  After this offering we will continue to be controlled by our executive officers, directors and major stockholders, whose interests may conflict with yours.

                        Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and major stockholders will beneficially own approximately            % of our outstanding common stock, based on shares outstanding as of March 31, 2004.stock. As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, which could have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring control over or merging with us.


                  The provisions of our charter documents might inhibit potential acquisition bids that a stockholder might believe are desirable, and the market price of our common stock could be lower as a result.

                        Upon completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will have the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our Board of Directors can fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The issuance of shares of preferred stock might delay or prevent a change in control transaction. As a result, the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of our stockholders might be adversely affected. The issuance of preferred stock might result in the loss of voting control to other stockholders. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock. Our charter documents also contain other provisions, which might discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition, including:

                  only one of the three classes of directors is elected each year;

                  our stockholders have limited rightsno right to remove directors without cause;

                  our stockholders have no right to act by written consent;

                  our stockholders have limited rightsno right to call a special meeting of stockholders; and

                  stockholders must comply with advance notice requirements to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings.

                        These provisions could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our common stock. As a result, these provisions might prevent the market price of our common

                18



                stock from increasing substantially in response to actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions might also prevent changes in our management.


                  You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

                        The price for each share in the initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after the offering. Accordingly, if you purchase common stock in the offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $                        in the book value of our common stock assuming an initial price of $            per shareshare.

                        You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of outstanding options. As of September 30, 2006, there were 3,361,125 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options with a weighted average exercise price of $2.93. In addition, you may experience dilution upon the exercise of options that may be granted in the future. We have reserved an aggregate of 3,500,000 shares for future issuance under our common stock.2007 equity incentive plan and 2007 employee stock purchase plan.


                  There are a large number of shares of our common stock that may be sold in the market following this offering, which may depress the market price of our common stock.

                        The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that those sales could occur. These sales or the possibility that they may occur also could make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of common stock. The number of shares of


                common stock available for sale in the public market is limited by restrictions under federal securities laws. In addition, we and the holders of over    % of our common stock, including all of our executive officers and directors, have agreed not to sell shares of our common stock without the consent of the underwriters for 180 days after the day of this prospectus. Merrill Lynch & Co.The joint book-running managers may, however, in itstheir sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in these lock-up agreements.

                        Shares of our common stock will become eligible for future sale in the public market as follows, assuming the conditions set forth above are met:follows:

                Number of Shares

                 Date Eligible

                                

                 

                immediately as of the date of this prospectus

                                

                 

                180 days after the date of this prospectus, upon expiration of the lock-up agreements

                        We intend to register on a Form S-8 registration statementsstatement under the Securities Act of 1933 a total of approximately 3,500,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our stock option and employee stock purchase plans. As of March 31, 2004,September 30, 2006, there were outstanding options to purchase 3,511,2633,361,125 shares of common stock, of which options to purchase 1,946,7172,716,378 shares were vested and exercisable.

                  19We do not expect to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future.


                        We do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our credit line with Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., prohibits us from paying any cash dividend without the consent of that bank. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.



                FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

                        This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends affecting the financial condition of our business. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, including among other things:

                  general economic and business conditions, both nationally and internationally;

                  our expectations and estimates concerning future financial performance, financing plans and the impact of competition;

                  anticipated trends in our business;

                  existing and future regulations affecting our business; and

                  other risk factors set forth under Risk Factors in this prospectus.

                        In addition, in this prospectus, the words believe, may, will, estimate, continue, anticipate, intend, expect, could, plan"believe," "may," "will," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "intend," "expect," "could," "plan" and similar expressions, as they relate to us, our business or our management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

                In evaluating these statements, you should specifically consider various factors, including the risk factors described above and in other parts of this prospectus. These factors may cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this prospectus. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed

                        Information contained in this prospectus mayconcerning our industry and the projected growth rate of the markets in which we participate is based on industry publications, surveys and forecasts generated by Gartner Dataquest and other sources. We have not occur and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.independently verified their data.

                20




                USE OF PROCEEDS

                        At an assumed public offering price of $                  per share, we will receive $                  million from our sale of    shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses of approximately $     million, andthat includes $     million of estimated offering expenses payable by us on behalf of the underwriting discount.selling stockholders. At an assumed public offering price of $    per share, the selling stockholders will receive $     million from their sale of    shares of our common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount. We will not receive any portion of the net proceeds received by the selling stockholders from the sale of their shares. If the underwriters exercise their overallotmentover-allotment option in full, we will receive an additional $     million in net proceeds atproceeds.

                        The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital, establish a public offering price of $    per share.

                market for our common stock and facilitate our future access to public capital markets. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures and research and development.

                              Although we We may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire businesses, products or technologies that are complementary to our current or future business and product lines,lines; however, we have never made an acquisition and currently have no specific acquisitions planned. Our management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering. Pending such uses, we will invest the net proceeds of this offering in investment grade, interest-bearing securities.


                DIVIDEND POLICY

                        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain future earnings to finance the growth and development of our business, and we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our line of credit with Chiao TungMega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. prohibits us from paying cash dividends without the consent of thethat bank.


                21



                CAPITALIZATION

                        The following table sets forth our cash, and cash equivalents, and short-term investments and capitalization as of December 31, 2003:September 30, 2006:

                  on an actual basis;

                  on a pro forma basis, giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 15,120,168 shares of common stock; and

                  on a pro forma basis as adjusted to reflect the sale of            shares of common stock by us in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, including offering expenses payable by us on behalf of the selling stockholders, and the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds."

                        This capitalization table should be read together with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                 
                 As of December 31, 2003
                 
                 
                 Actual
                 Pro Forma
                 Pro Forma
                As Adjusted

                 
                 
                 (unaudited)
                (in thousands, except share data)

                 
                Cash and cash equivalents $5,209 $5,209 $  
                  
                 
                 
                 
                Redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value;
                20,000,000 shares authorized, 15,120,168 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted
                  9,007     

                Stockholders' equity:

                 

                 

                 

                 

                 

                 

                 

                 

                 

                 
                 Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted       
                 Common stock, $0.001 par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized, 5,722,925 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 150,000,000 shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 20,843,093 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;            shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted  6  21    
                Additional paid-in capital  6,033  15,025    
                Deferred stock-based compensation  (273) (273) (273)
                Retained earnings  4,619  4,619  4,619 
                  
                 
                 
                 
                  Total stockholders' equity  10,385  19,392    
                  
                 
                 
                 
                   Total capitalization $19,392 $19,392 $  
                  
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 As of September 30, 2006
                 
                 Actual
                 Pro Forma
                 Pro Forma
                As Adjusted

                 
                 (in thousands, except share data)

                Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments $15,540 $15,540 $ 
                  
                 
                 
                Redeemable convertible preferred stock, no par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized, 15,120,168 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted $9,007    
                  
                 
                 
                Stockholders' equity:         
                 Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted      
                 Common stock, $0.001 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized, actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 6,278,786 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 21,398,954 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;            shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted  6  21   
                Additional paid-in capital(1)  6,455  15,447   
                Retained earnings(1)  19,247  19,247   
                  
                 
                 
                 Total stockholders' equity  25,708  34,715   
                  
                 
                 
                  Total capitalization $34,715 $34,715 $ 
                  
                 
                 

                (1)
                In connection with the offering, our estimated offering expenses are $            , which will be recorded as an issuance cost and therefore, will be recorded as a reduction in additional paid in capital. We will also pay approximately $            representing incremental expenses attributable to the selling stockholders, which will be expensed with a corresponding reduction in retained earnings.

                        The information above excludes:

                  3,815,7883,361,125 shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2003September 30, 2006 under our 1997 and 2000 stock option plans, with a weighted average exercise price of $2.39$2.93 per share;

                  1,169,9391,051,516 shares authorized for future issuance under our 2000 stock option plan;

                  3,000,000 shares authorized for future issuance under our 20042007 equity incentive plan; and

                  500,000 shares authorized for future issuance under our 20042007 employee stock purchase plan.

                22        The number of shares authorized for future issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan and 2007 employee stock purchase plan reflected above does not include shares that may be available for future issuance pursuant to the automatic share reserve increase provisions of these plans. The share reserve for our 2007 equity incentive plan will automatically increase on April 1 of each year, from 2008 to 2017, by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) five percent of the number of shares issued and outstanding as of the immediately preceding March 31, or (b) a lesser amount determined by the Board. The share reserve for our 2007 employee stock purchase plan will automatically increase on April 1 of each year, from 2008 to 2017, by an amount equal to the lesser of (x) one percent of the number of shares issued and outstanding as of the immediately preceding March 31, or (y) 250,000 shares.




                  DILUTION

                          Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of their common stock. The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 2003September 30, 2006 was $$34.7 million, or $$1.62 per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total assets, excluding net intangible assets, less our total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 15,120,168 shares of common stock. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by investors in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering. After giving effect to our sale of            shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock would have been $             million, or $            per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $            per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $            per share to new investors. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

                  Assumed initial public offering price$
                  Pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2003$
                  Increase per share attributable to new investors

                  Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering

                  Dilution to new public investors$

                  Assumed initial public offering price    $            
                       
                   Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2006 $1.62   
                   Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering      
                    
                     
                  Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering      
                       
                  Dilution to new public investors    $ 
                       

                          The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, as of December 31, 2003:September 30, 2006:

                    the number of shares of common stock purchased from us;

                    the total consideration paid to us;

                    the average price per share paid by existing stockholders; and

                    the price per share paid by new investors in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $            , before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.



                   Shares Purchased
                   Total Consideration
                    

                   Shares Purchased
                   Total Consideration
                    


                   Average Price
                  Per Share


                   Average Price
                  Per Share



                   Number
                   Percent
                   Amount
                   Percent

                   Number
                   Percent
                   Amount
                   Percent
                  Existing stockholdersExisting stockholders 21,189,718  %$9,422,675  %$0.44Existing stockholders 21,398,954  %$9,553,789  %$0.45
                  New investorsNew investors           New investors          
                   
                   
                   
                   
                      
                   
                   
                   
                   
                  Total   100.0%$  100.0%  Total   100.0%$  100.0%  
                   
                   
                   
                   
                      
                   
                   
                   
                    

                          If the underwriters' overallotmentover-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares held by new investors willwould increase to            , or    % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering. After giving effect to the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option in full, the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock would be $            million, or $            per share. This would represent an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $            per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $            per share to new investors.

                          The information in the above table excludes 1,985,7273,361,125 shares issuable upon exercise of options outstanding at December 31, 2003September 30, 2006 under our 1997 and our 2000 stock option plan,plans, with a weighted



                  average exercise price of $1.20 per share, 1,830,061 shares issuable upon exercise of options outstanding at December 31, 2003 under our 2000 stock option plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.69$2.93 per share. To the extent these options are exercised, or shares are issued under these plans, there will be further dilution to the new investors. Assuming the exercise of all outstanding options as of September 30, 2006:

                  23


                    the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock would have been $1.80 per share, representing an immediate dilution of $            per share to new investors (or $            , if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full);

                    the number of shares purchased by existing stockholders would have been 24,760,079;

                    the total consideration paid by existing stockholders would have been $19.4 million; and

                    the average price per share paid by existing stockholders would have been $0.78.


                    SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

                            You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data set forth below for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2001, 20022004, 2005 and 20032006 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 20022005 and 20032006 are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data set forth below for the fiscal years ended March 31, 19992002 and 20002003 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 1999, 20002002, 2003 and 20012004 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data set forth below for the ninesix month periods ended December 31, 2002September 30, 2005 and 20032006, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 2003September 30, 2006 are derived from and are qualified by reference to, our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of our management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments, that we considermanagement considers necessary for a fair presentationstatement of our financial position andthe results of operations. Thethose periods. Our historical results of operations for the nine months ended December 31, 2003 are not necessarily indicative of the results that mayto be expected for the full fiscal year ending March 31, 2004, orin any other future period.

                     
                     Year Ended March 31,
                     Nine Months Ended
                    December 31,

                     
                     
                     1999
                     2000
                     2001
                     2002
                     2003
                     2002
                     2003
                     
                     
                     (in thousands, except per share data)

                     
                    Statement of Operations Data:                      
                    Net revenues $11,864 $41,820 $73,653 $24,826 $20,981 $16,186 $23,724 
                    Cost of revenues  9,273  27,434  42,424  19,133  18,477  13,868  18,297 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Gross profit  2,591  14,386  31,229  5,693  2,504  2,318  5,427 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                    Operating expenses:

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     
                     Research and development  583  1,627  5,097  4,848  6,206  4,797  4,242 
                     Selling, general and administrative  1,785  4,080  7,377  4,883  4,500  3,390  3,092 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                      Total operating expenses  2,368  5,707  12,474  9,731  10,706  8,187  7,334 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Income (loss) from operations  223  8,679  18,755  (4,038) (8,202) (5,869) (1,907)
                    Interest and other income (expense), net  226  58  560  779  144  100  135 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Income (loss) before income taxes  449  8,737  19,315  (3,259) (8,058) (5,769) (1,772)
                    Provision for (benefit from) income taxes    3,287  7,987  (1,190) (620) (2,135)  
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Net income (loss) $449 $5,450 $11,328 $(2,069)$(7,438)$(3,634)$(1,772)
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                    Net income (loss) per share:

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     
                     Basic $0.19 $1.96 $2.73 $(0.44)$(1.39)$(0.69)$(0.31)
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     Diluted $0.02 $0.26 $0.53 $(0.44)$(1.39)$(0.69)$(0.31)
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                    Weighted average shares:

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     
                     Basic  2,329  2,784  4,157  4,713  5,334  5,278  5,654 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     Diluted  19,288  20,702  21,452  4,713  5,334  5,278  5,654 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     March 31,
                      
                     
                     December 31,
                    2003

                     
                     1999
                     2000
                     2001
                     2002
                     2003
                     
                     (in thousands)

                    Balance Sheet Data:                  
                    Cash and cash equivalents $497 $2,445 $9,478 $9,334 $6,150 $5,209
                    Working capital  7,450  13,341  25,066  24,896  17,694  16,928
                    Total assets  11,876  23,432  49,915  32,504  23,803  26,661
                    Redeemable convertible preferred stock  870  8,551  9,007  9,007  9,007  9,007
                    Total stockholders' equity $7,048 $5,866 $18,663 $18,033 $11,696 $10,385

                    24

                     
                     Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
                     Six Months Ended
                    September 30,

                     
                     2002
                     2003
                     2004
                     2005
                     2006
                     2005
                     2006
                     
                     (in thousands, except per share data)

                    Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:                     
                    Net revenues $24,826 $20,981 $35,419 $45,736 $43,141 $21,640 $28,929
                    Cost of revenues  19,133(1) 18,477  26,619  30,715  29,229  14,604  17,442
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Gross profit  5,693  2,504  8,800  15,021  13,912  7,036  11,487
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Operating expenses:                     
                     Research and development  4,848  6,206  5,500  4,804  5,377  2,995  2,444
                     Selling, general and administrative  4,883  4,500  4,152  5,756  4,797  2,436  2,700
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                      Total operating expenses  9,731  10,706  9,652  10,560  10,174  5,431  5,144
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Income (loss) from operations  (4,038) (8,202) (852) 4,461  3,738  1,605  6,343
                    Interest and other income (expense), net  779(1) 144(2) 182  164  682  220  387
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Income (loss) before income taxes  (3,259) (8,058) (670) 4,625  4,420  1,825  6,730
                    Provision for (benefit from) income taxes  (1,190) (620)   (155) 171  (364) 2,233
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Net income (loss) $(2,069)$(7,438)$(670)$4,780 $4,249 $2,189 $4,497
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Net income (loss) per common share:                     
                     Basic $(0.44)$(1.39)$(0.12)$0.63 $0.54 $0.28 $0.65
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     Diluted $(0.44)$(1.39)$(0.12)$0.21 $0.19 $0.10 $0.20
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Weighted average shares used in per share calculations:                     
                     Basic  4,713  5,334  5,737  6,112  6,148  6,139  6,216
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     Diluted  4,713  5,334  5,737  22,562  22,586  22,539  22,844
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                    (1)
                    In fiscal 2002, we received $3.5 million of refunds from the United States Customs Service, or USCS, in connection with the revocation by the United States Department of Commerce of an order that had imposed a duty on us for selling our Taiwan-manufactured products in the U.S. at less than their fair market value. The revocation followed a ruling in our favor by the Court of International Trade. Of this amount, $2.2 million was credited to cost of revenues, $396,000 was credited to interest income, and the remaining $985,000 was credited to a receivable from the USCS that had been recorded on the date of the refund order.

                    (2)
                    In fiscal 2003, we received $876,000 of refunds from the USCS, of which $792,000 was credited to the receivable from the USCS and $84,000 was credited to interest income.

                     
                     March 31,
                      
                     
                     September 30,
                    2006

                     
                     2002
                     2003
                     2004
                     2005
                     2006
                     
                     (in thousands)

                    Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:                  
                    Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments $9,334 $6,150 $3,488 $11,522 $15,505 $15,540
                    Working capital  24,896  17,694  18,152  23,504  26,453  31,545
                    Total assets  32,504  23,803  30,899  33,524  39,544  45,303
                    Redeemable convertible preferred stock  9,007  9,007  9,007  9,007  9,007  9,007
                    Total stockholders' equity  18,033  11,696  11,619  16,568  20,958  25,708


                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                    FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

                            The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ substantially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.


                    Overview

                            We are a fabless semiconductor company that designs, develops and markets Very Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM ICsSRAMs primarily for the networking and telecommunications markets. We were founded in March 1995 to develop SRAMs then targeted primarilyprincipally at the personal computer, or PC, market. We shipped our first products in commercial volumes in fiscal 1998. During that year, we changed our focus from marketing commodity SRAMs in the highly competitive PC market to developing and concentrated our efforts on the development ofmarketing advanced Very Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAMs for the networking and telecommunications markets. Subsequent to fiscal 1998, product sales in these markets have represented approximately 80%70% to 90% of our net revenues. We are subject to the highly cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, which has experienced significant fluctuations, often in connection with fluctuations in demand for the products in which ICssemiconductor devices are used. Beginning in fiscal 2001, the networking and telecommunications markets experienced an extended period of severe contraction. During this market contraction, during which our operating results sharply declined. Between fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2006, demand for networking and telecommunications equipment recovered. In recent quarters, demand for networking and telecommunicationssuch equipment has accelerated and as a result, our operating results have improved.

                            Revenues.    Our revenues are derived primarily from sales of our Very Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM products. Sales to networking and telecommunications OEMs accounted for 70% to 80% of our net revenues during our last three fiscal years. We also sell our products to OEMs that manufacture products for defense applications such as radar and guidance systems, for professional audio applications such as sound mixing systems, for test and measurement applications such as high-speed testers, for automotive applications such as smart cruise control and voice recognition systems, and for medical applications such as ultrasound and CAT scan equipment. As is typical in the semiconductor industry, the selling prices of our products generally decline over the life of the product. Our ability to increase net revenues, therefore, is dependent upon our ability to increase unit sales volumes of existing products and to introduce and sell new products with higher average selling prices in quantities sufficient to compensate for the anticipated declines in selling prices of our more mature products. Although we expect the average selling prices of individual products to decline over time, we believe that, over the next several quarters, our overall average selling prices will increase due to a continuing shift in product mix to a higher percentage of higher price, higher density products. Our ability to increase unit sales volumes is dependent primarily upon increases in customer demand but, particularly in periods of increasing demand, can also be affected by our ability to increase production through the availability of increased wafer fabrication capacity byfrom TSMC, our independent wafer foundriessupplier, and our ability to increase the number of good integrated circuit die produced from each wafer through die size reductions and yield enhancement activities.

                            We sell our products through our direct sales force, international and domestic sales representatives and distributors. Revenues from product sales are generally recognized upon shipment, net of sales returns and allowances. Sales to distributors that have product return or price protection rights are recorded as deferred revenues for financial reporting purposes and recognized as revenues when the products are sold by the distributors to the end-user.

                                  Historically, a small number of customers have accounted for a substantial portion of our net revenues, and we expect that significant customer concentration will continue for the foreseeable future. Many of our end-users use contract manufacturers to manufacture their equipment. Accordingly, a significant percentage of our net revenues are derived from sales to these contract manufacturers and to consigned warehouses who purchase products from us for use by contract manufacturers. In addition, a significant portion of our sales are made to foreign and domestic distributors who resell our products to end-users, as well as their contract manufacturers. Direct sales to contract manufacturers accounted for 38.5% of our net revenues during the nine months ended December 31, 2003, and 39.3% and 31.7% of our net revenues for fiscal 2003 and 2002, respectively. Sales to foreign and domestic distributors accounted for 46.6% of our net revenues during the nine

                    25



                    months ended December 31, 2003, and 40.0% and 40.1% of our net revenues for fiscal 2003 and 2002, respectively. For the periods indicated below, the following customers accounted for 10% or more of our net revenues:

                     
                     Year Ended
                    March 31,

                     
                     
                     2001
                     2002
                     2003
                     
                    Contract Manufacturers:       
                     
                    Celestica

                     


                     


                     

                    21.5

                    %
                     Flextronics 16.8%18.6% 
                     Solectron 10.4  10.2 

                    Distributors:

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     
                     
                    Avnet Logistics

                     


                     

                    12.2

                     


                     
                     Impact   13.4 

                    Cisco Systems, the largest end-user of our products, accounted for approximately one quarter to one third of our net revenues for the nine months ended December 31, 2003, fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2002. Cisco Systems purchases our products directly, through our distributors and through Cisco's contract manufacturers and consigned warehouses.

                                  A significant portion of our net revenues are derived from sales to customers located outside the United States. The percentage of our net revenues by country are set forth in the following table:

                     
                     Year Ended
                    March 31,

                     
                     
                     2001
                     2002
                     2003
                     
                    United States 59.1%64.4%52.4%
                    China 5.8 8.5 32.6 
                    Rest of the world 35.1 27.1 15.0 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     Total 100.0%100.0%100.0%
                      
                     
                     
                     

                    We expect that as more of our OEM end-users move their operations overseas, particularly to China and elsewhere in the Pacific Rim, our net revenues derived from sales to customers located outside the United States will increase.

                                  Cost of Revenues.    Our cost of revenues consists primarily of wafer fabrication costs, wafer sort, assembly, test and burn-in expenses and the cost of materials and overhead from operations. Substantially all of our manufacturing operations are outsourced. Accordingly, most of our cost of revenues consists of payments to independent wafer foundries and contract assembly and test houses. Because we do not have long-term, fixed-price supply contracts, our wafer and other outsourced manufacturing costs are subject to the cyclicalmay experience fluctuations in demand for semiconductors. As a result of the recent acceleration in demand for networking and telecommunications equipment, and the related increase in demand for many of our lower density products, we expect that our wafer fabrication costs may increase in future quarters. Cost of revenues also includes expenses related to product engineering, supply chain management, quality assurance, final product testing and documentation control activities conducted at our headquarters in Santa Clara, California and our branch operations in Taiwan.

                                  A significant percentage of our Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAMs are manufactured by independent wafer foundries and subcontractors located in Taiwan. In the past we were subject to anti-dumping proceedings in which a competitor alleged that our Taiwan-manufactured products were being sold in

                    26



                    the United States at less than their fair value. In April 1998, the United States Department of Commerce, or DOC, issued an anti-dumping order and imposed a duty of 12.1% of the value of our Taiwan-manufactured products imported for sale in the United States, retroactive to October 1997. The duty was subsequently increased to 51.3% on products imported for sale between October 1998 and March 1999. We continued to accrue duties at the rate of 51.3% on Taiwan-manufactured products imported for sale subsequent to March 1999. These duties were recorded as a cost of revenues as products subject to the duties were sold. In August 2000, the Court of International Trade issued a ruling that our Taiwan-manufactured products do not materially injure, or threaten to injure, the U.S. industry. In January 2002, the DOC revoked its anti-dumping order, retroactive to October 1997 and the United States Customs Service, or USCS, was ordered to refund, with interest, all duties deposited under the 1998 anti-dumping order. We had paid an aggregate of $3.9 million through the date of the refund order, of which $2.2 million had been charged to cost of revenues during the period from the 1998 anti-dumping order dated through March 31, 2001. The balance of the payments of $1.8 million were reclassified to a receivable from USCS on the date of the refund order. We received $3.5 million of refunds during the year ended March 31, 2002, of which $2.2 million was credited to cost of revenues, $396,000 was credited to interest income and $985,000 was credited to the receivable from USCS. We received $876,000 of refunds during fiscal 2003, of which $792,000 was credited to the receivable and $84,000 was credited to interest income.

                                  Gross Profit.    Our gross profit margins vary among our products and are generally higher on our higher density products and, within a particular density, higher on our higher speed and industrial temperature products. We expect that our overall gross margins will fluctuate from period to period as a result of shifts in product mix, declines in average selling prices and our ability to control our cost of revenues, including costs associated with outsourced wafer fabrication and product assembly and testing. Our average selling prices, particularly with respect to our lower density products for which demand in recent quarters has increased, may hold steady or rise in future quarters, which would improve our gross margins.

                                  Research and Development.    Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for design engineers and other technical personnel, the cost of developing prototypes and fees paid to consultants. We charge all research and development expenses to operations as incurred. We believe that continued investment in research and development is critical to our long-term success, and we expect to continue to devote significant resources to product development activities. Accordingly, we expect that our research and development expenses will increase in future periods, although such expenses as a percentage ofquarterly net revenues may fluctuate.

                                  Selling, General and Administrative.    Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of commissions paid to independent sales representatives, salaries and related expenses for personnel engaged in sales, marketing, administrative, finance and human resources activities, professional fees, costs associated with the promotion of our products and other corporate expenses. We expect that our sales and marketing expenses will increase in future periods as we continue to grow and expand our sales force. We also expect that, in support of our continued growth and our operations as a public company, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase for the foreseeable future.

                                  Stock-Based Compensation.    In connection with the grant of stock options to employees between January 1997 and June 2000, we recorded deferred stock-based compensation of $416,000 in fiscal 1998, $646,000 in fiscal 1999, $3.9 million in fiscal 2000 and $678,000 in fiscal 2001, representing the difference between the deemed value of our common stock for accounting purposes and the option exercise price of these options at the date of grant. Deferred stock-based compensation is presented as a reduction of stockholder's equity, with straight-line amortization recorded over the vesting period that is typically four years. Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation is recorded as a charge

                    27



                    against cost of revenues or operating expenses depending upon the classification of the employee receiving the underlying options. We amortized deferred stock-based compensation of $1.4 million in fiscal 2001, $1.4 million in fiscal 2002, $995,000 in fiscal 2003 and $448,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 2003. The amount of the compensation expense to be recorded in future periods could decrease if options for which accrued but unvested compensation has been recorded are forfeited.


                    Results of Operations

                                  The following table sets forth statement of operations data as a percentage of net revenues for the periods indicated:

                     
                     Year Ended
                    March 31,

                     Nine Months Ended
                    December 31,

                     
                     
                     2001
                     2002
                     2003
                     2002
                     2003
                     
                    Net revenues 100.0%100.0%100.0%100.0%100.0%
                    Cost of revenues 57.6 77.1 88.1 85.7 77.1 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                    Gross profit

                     

                    42.4

                     

                    22.9

                     

                    11.9

                     

                    14.3

                     

                    22.9

                     
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                    Operating expenses:

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     
                     Research and development 6.9 19.5 29.6 29.7 17.9 
                     Selling, general and administrative 10.0 19.7 21.4 20.9 13.0 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                      
                    Total operating expenses

                     

                    16.9

                     

                    39.2

                     

                    51.0

                     

                    50.6

                     

                    30.9

                     
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                    Income (loss) from operations

                     

                    25.5

                     

                    (16.3

                    )

                    (39.1

                    )

                    (36.3

                    )

                    (8.0

                    )
                    Interest and other income (expense), net 0.7 3.2 0.7 0.6 0.6 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                    Income (loss) before income taxes

                     

                    26.2

                     

                    (13.1

                    )

                    (38.4

                    )

                    (35.7

                    )

                    (7.4

                    )
                    Provision for (benefit from) income taxes 10.8 (4.8)(2.9)(13.0) 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                    Net income (loss)

                     

                    15.4

                     

                    (8.3

                    )

                    (35.5

                    )

                    (22.7

                    )

                    (7.4

                    )
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     


                    Nine Months Ended December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2003

                                  Net Revenues.    Net revenues increased by 46.6% from $16.2 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2002 to $23.7 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2003. This increase was primarily due to a 38.3% increase in unit sales as a result of increased demand from our networking and telecommunications end-users.

                                  Gross Profit.    Gross profit increased by 134.8% from $2.3 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2002 to $5.4 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2003. Gross margin increased from 14.3% of net revenues for the nine months ended December 31, 2002 to 22.9% for the nine months ended December 31, 2003. This increase in gross margin was primarily related to a shift in product mix, with a greater proportion of revenues being generated by our higher margin, higher density products. Various cost reduction measures also contributed to the improvement in gross margin. These measures included the negotiation of price reductions for wafers purchased from our foundries, TSMC and WaferTech, and for assembly and test services provided by our contractors as well as enhancements to our internal test programs that resulted in more efficient test operations. Additionally, gross margin improved because our fixed manufacturing costs were spread over an increased number of units shipped.

                    28



                                  Research and Development Expenses.    Research and development expenses decreased by 12.5% from $4.8 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2002 to $4.2 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2003. This decrease was primarily due to a $406,000 reduction in legal expenses as the result of the settlement of patent litigation, a $360,000 reduction in prototype mask expenses and a $109,000 decrease in stock compensation expense. These reductions were partially offset by an increase in the number of our research and development personnel and increased expenditures for materials purchased for development projects currently in process.

                                  Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by 8.8% from $3.4 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2002 to $3.1 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2003. This decrease was primarily related to reductions in payroll related expenses, stock compensation expenses and travel expenditures. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in commissions paid to manufacturers' representatives. Although total commissions increased due to the increase in net revenues, average commission rates decreased by approximately 30%.

                                  Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net.    Interest and other income increased from $100,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 2002 to $135,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 2003. Interest earned on invested cash balances decreased from $113,000 to $48,000 due to a decrease in average cash balances and lower interest rates. This decrease in interest income was offset by an increase of $99,000 in foreign exchange gains related to our Taiwan branch operations.

                                  Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes.    The $2.1 million benefit from income taxes for the nine months ended December 31, 2002 reflected a tax rate of 37.0% on our pre-tax losses. There was no provision for income taxes for the nine months ended December 31, 2003 as a result of our year-to-date pre-tax loss and the full valuation allowance recorded in fiscal 2003 related to our deferred tax assets.


                    Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003

                                  Net Revenues.    Net revenues decreased by 66.3% from $73.7 million in fiscal 2001 to $24.8 million in fiscal 2002, and by 15.3% from $24.8 million in fiscal 2002 to $21.0 million in fiscal 2003. These decreases primarily were the result of the downturn in the networking and telecommunications markets and the semiconductor industry generally. Unit shipments dropped 70.1% from fiscal 2001 to fiscal 2002, and did not change significantly from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003. Average selling prices dropped significantly in each fiscal year.

                                  Gross Profit.    Gross profit decreased by 81.7% from $31.2 million in fiscal 2001 to $5.7 million in fiscal 2002, and by 56.1% from $5.7 million in fiscal 2002 to $2.5 million in fiscal 2003. Gross margin decreased from 42.4% of net revenues in fiscal 2001, to 22.9% in fiscal 2002 and to 11.9% in fiscal 2003. Gross margins decreased in each fiscal year principally as a result of the significant decrease in average selling prices due to the downturn in the networking and telecommunications markets, the resulting excess supply of ICs in these markets, and our inability to reduce product costs as rapidly as average selling prices decreased. In addition, in fiscal 2003, we returned approximately $2.1 million of wafers to TSMC as a result of quality issues which resulted in a charge of approximately $700,000 to cost of revenues for manufacturing costs incurred in excess of the amount credited by TSMC. In fiscal 2002, we charged $3.9 million, or 15.7% of net revenues, to cost of revenues primarily because the cost of a portion of our inventory exceeded the anticipated selling price of the related products. We received $3.5 million of refunds for previously paid anti-dumping duties during fiscal 2002 of which $2.2 million was credited to cost of revenues.

                                  Research and Development Expenses.    Research and development expenses decreased by 5.9% from $5.1 million in fiscal 2001 to $4.8 million in fiscal 2002, and increased by 29.2% from $4.8 million

                    29



                    in fiscal 2002 to $6.2 million in fiscal 2003. The decrease from fiscal 2001 to fiscal 2002 was primarily related to a $481,000 reduction in prototyping expenses and mask charges, offset in part by a $200,000 increase in depreciation expense. The increase from fiscal 2002 to fiscal 2003 was primarily related a $450,000 increase in prototyping expenses and mask charges, a $343,000 increase in patent related legal expenses, a $271,000 increase in payroll related expenses, and a $143,000 increase in depreciation expense. Depreciation expense increased in each fiscal year primarily as a result of increased investment in research and development equipment to support our continued focus on new product development.

                                  Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by 33.8% from $7.4 million in fiscal 2001 to $4.9 million in fiscal 2002, and by 7.8% from $4.9 million in fiscal 2002 to $4.5 million in fiscal 2003. The decreases from fiscal 2001 to fiscal 2003 were primarily due to decreases in commissions paid to manufacturers' representatives as a result of decreased net revenues. In addition, $646,000 in expenses in fiscal 2001 related to our proposed public offering that year which was not completed due to adverse market conditions.

                                  Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net.    Interest and other income (expense), net increased from $560,000 in fiscal 2001 to $779,000 in fiscal 2002, and decreased to $144,000 in fiscal 2003. The fluctuations resulted from changes in the average cash balances, annual fees related to our line of credit and fluctuating foreign exchange rates that impacted our operations in Taiwan. Additionally, we recorded $396,000 of interest income in fiscal 2002 related to refunds of previously paid anti-dumping duties. Interest income related to refunds of previously paid anti-dumping duties was $84,000 in fiscal 2003.

                                  Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes.    The provision for income taxes in fiscal 2001 was $8.0 million, based on an annual effective tax rate of 41.4%. The benefits from income taxes in fiscal 2002 and 2003 were $1.2 million and $620,000, respectively. During fiscal 2003, we created a full valuation allowance for deferred tax assets based on our assessment of the uncertainty of the realizability of deferred tax assets due to our recent history of operating losses and our inability to conclude that it is more probable than not that sufficient taxable income would be generated in future periods to realize the deferred tax assets. The annual effective tax rate differed from the statutory rate primarily due to state income taxes, valuation allowance and deferred compensation charges offset by research and development tax credits.



                    Quarterly Results of Operations

                                  The following tables present unaudited quarterly statement of operations data for the seven quarters ended December 31, 2003, and the data expressed as a percentage of net revenues. This information reflects all normal non-recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of such information in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future period.

                     
                     Quarter Ended
                     
                     June 30,
                    2002

                     Sept. 30,
                    2002

                     Dec. 31,
                    2002

                     Mar. 31,
                    2003

                     June 30,
                    2003

                     Sept. 30,
                    2003

                     Dec. 31,
                    2003

                     
                     (in thousands)

                    Statements of Operations Data:                     
                    Net revenues $5,280 $5,959 $4,947 $4,795 $5,054 $8,209 $10,461
                    Cost of revenues  4,510  4,908  4,450  4,609  4,297  6,640  7,360
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Gross profit  770  1,051  497  186  757  1,569  3,101
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                    Operating expenses:

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     
                     Research and development  1,520  2,011  1,266  1,409  1,408  1,651  1,183
                     Selling, general and administrative  1,220  1,086  1,084  1,110  992  1,016  1,084
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                      Total operating expenses  2,740  3,097  2,350  2,519  2,400  2,667  2,267
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Income (loss) from operations  (1,970) (2,046) (1,853) (2,333) (1,643) (1,098) 834
                    Interest and other income (expense), net  63  (13) 50  44  93  36  6
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Income (loss) before income taxes  (1,907) (2,059) (1,803) (2,289) (1,550) (1,062) 840
                    Provision for (benefit from) income taxes  (706) (762) (667) 1,515      
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Net income (loss) $(1,201)$(1,297)$(1,136)$(3,804)$(1,550)$(1,062)$840
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     Quarter Ended
                     
                     
                     June 30,
                    2002

                     Sept. 30,
                    2002

                     Dec. 31,
                    2002

                     Mar. 31,
                    2003

                     June 30,
                    2003

                     Sept. 30,
                    2003

                     Dec. 31,
                    2003

                     
                    As a Percentage of Net Revenues:               
                    Net revenues 100.0%100.0%100.0%100.0%100.0%100.0%100.0%
                    Cost of revenues 85.4 82.4 90.0 96.1 85.0 80.9 70.4 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                    Gross profit

                     

                    14.6

                     

                    17.6

                     

                    10.0

                     

                    3.9

                     

                    15.0

                     

                    19.1

                     

                    29.6

                     
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                    Operating expenses:

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     
                     Research and development 28.8 33.7 25.6 29.4 27.9 20.1 11.3 
                     Selling, general and administrative 23.1 18.2 21.9 23.2 19.6 12.4 10.4 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Total operating expense 51.9 51.9 47.5 52.6 47.5 32.5 21.7 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Income (loss) from operations (37.3)(34.3)(37.5)(48.7)(32.5)(13.4)7.9 
                    Interest and other income (expense), net 1.2 (0.3)1.0 0.9 1.8 0.5 0.1 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Income (loss) before income taxes (36.1)(34.6)(36.5)(47.8)(30.7)(12.9)8.0 
                    Provision for (benefit from) income taxes (13.4)(12.8)(13.5)31.5    
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Net income (loss) (22.7)(21.8)(23.0)(79.3)(30.7)(12.9)8.0 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                                  Net Revenues.    Net revenues were essentially flat for the five quarters ended June 30, 2003, and then grew to $8.2 million and $10.5 million in the quarters ended September 30, 2003 and December 31, 2003 primarily due to increases in unit sales as a result of increased demand from our

                    31



                    networking and telecommunications end-users, that were partially offset by declines in average selling prices.

                                  We may experience a delay in generating or recognizing revenues for a number of reasons. Historically, orders on hand at the beginning of each quarter are insufficient to meet our revenue objectives for that quarter and are generally cancelable up to 30 days prior to scheduled delivery. Accordingly, we depend on obtaining and shipping orders in the same quarter to achieve our revenue objectives. In addition, the timing of product releases, purchase orders and product availability could result in significant product shipments at the end of a quarter. Failure to ship these products by the end of the quarter may



                    adversely affect our operating results. Furthermore, our customer agreementswe typically provide that the customercustomers may delay scheduled delivery dates and cancel orders within specified time frames without significant penalty.

                            We sell our products through our direct sales force, international and domestic sales representatives and distributors. Revenues from product sales, except for sales to distributors, are generally recognized upon shipment, net of sales returns and allowances. Sales to consignment warehouses, who purchase products from us for use by contract manufacturers, are recorded upon delivery to the contract manufacturer. Sales to distributors are recorded as deferred revenues for financial reporting purposes and recognized as revenues when the products are resold by the distributors to the OEM.

                            Historically, a small number of OEM customers have accounted for a substantial portion of our net revenues, and we expect that significant customer concentration will continue for the foreseeable future. Many of our OEMs use contract manufacturers to manufacture their equipment. Accordingly, a significant percentage of our net revenues is derived from sales to these contract manufacturers and to consignment warehouses. In addition, a significant portion of our sales are made to foreign and domestic distributors who resell our products to OEMs, as well as their contract manufacturers. Direct sales to contract manufacturers and consignment warehouses accounted for 38.8%, 38.8%, 35.0%, 32.5% and 35.9% of our net revenues for fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the six months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Sales to foreign and domestic distributors accounted for 46.8%, 49.7%, 55.7%, 57.7% and 55.7% of our net revenues for fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the six months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 respectively. The following direct customers accounted for 10% or more of our net revenues in one or more of the following periods:

                     
                     Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
                     Six Months Ended
                    September 30,

                     
                     
                     2004
                     2005
                     2006
                     2005
                     2006
                     
                    Consignment warehouses:           
                     SMART Modular Technologies 27.1%31.8%27.3%25.4%30.3%
                    Distributors:           
                     Avnet Logistics 32.0 32.5 30.4 34.7 24.9 
                     Nu Horizons 3.0 6.1 10.3 8.6 8.1 

                            Cisco Systems, our largest OEM customer, purchases our products primarily through its consignment warehouses, and also purchases some products through its contract manufacturers and directly from us. Cisco Systems is one of two of our OEM customers that purchase our products through a consignment warehouse. Based on information provided to us by Cisco Systems' consignment warehouses and contract manufacturers, purchases by Cisco Systems ranged from approximately 27% to 32% of our net revenues in each of the past three fiscal years and in the six months ended September 30, 2006. To our knowledge, no other OEM customer accounted for more than 10% of our net revenues during any of these periods.

                            Cost of Revenues.    Our cost of revenues consists primarily of wafer fabrication costs, wafer sort, assembly, test and burn-in expenses, the amortized cost of production mask sets, and the cost of materials and overhead from operations. All of our wafer manufacturing and assembly operations, and most of our product testing operations, are outsourced. Accordingly, most of our cost of revenues consists of payments to TSMC and independent assembly and test houses. Because we do not have long-term, fixed-price supply contracts, our wafer fabrication and other outsourced manufacturing costs are subject to the cyclical fluctuations in demand for semiconductors. Cost of revenues also includes expenses related to supply chain management, quality assurance, and final product testing and documentation control activities conducted at our headquarters in Santa Clara, California and our branch operations in Taiwan.



                            Gross Profit.    Our gross profit margins vary among our products and are generally greater on our higher density products and, within a particular density, greater on our higher speed and industrial temperature products. We expect that our overall gross margins will fluctuate from period to period as a result of shifts in product mix, changes in average selling prices and our ability to control our cost of revenues, including costs associated with outsourced wafer fabrication and product assembly and testing.

                            Research and Development Expenses.    Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for design engineers and other technical personnel, the cost of developing prototypes, stock-based compensation and fees paid to consultants. We charge all research and development expenses to operations as incurred. We charge mask costs used in production to costs of revenues over a 12-month period. However, we charge costs related to pre-production mask sets, which are not used in production to research and development expenses at the time they are incurred. These charges often arise as we transition to new process technologies and, accordingly, can cause research and development expenses to fluctuate on a quarterly basis. We believe that continued investment in research and development is critical to our long-term success, and we expect to continue to devote significant resources to product development activities. Accordingly, we expect that our research and development expenses will increase in future periods, although such expenses as a percentage of net revenues may fluctuate.

                            Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of commissions paid to independent sales representatives, salaries, stock-based compensation and related expenses for personnel engaged in sales, marketing, administrative, finance and human resources activities, professional fees, costs associated with the promotion of our products and other corporate expenses. We expect that our sales and marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to grow and expand our sales force but that these expenses will decline as a percentage of net revenues. We also expect that, in support of our continued growth and our operations as a public company, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future but will fluctuate as a percentage of net revenues.

                            Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes.    We incurred operating losses in each of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2002, March 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004. Due to operating losses incurred in fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2003, we established a full valuation allowance in fiscal 2003 for deferred tax assets. This valuation allowance was based on our assessment that realization of deferred tax assets was uncertain due to our recent history of operating losses and our inability to conclude that it was more likely than not that sufficient taxable income would be generated in future periods to realize those deferred tax assets.



                    Results of Operations

                            The following table sets forth statement of operations data as a percentage of net revenues for the periods indicated:

                     
                     Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
                     Six Months Ended
                    September 30,

                     
                     
                     2004
                     2005
                     2006
                     2005
                     2006
                     
                    Net revenues 100.0%100.0%100.0%100.0%100.0%
                    Cost of revenues 75.2 67.2 67.7 67.5 60.3 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Gross profit 24.8 32.8 32.3 32.5 39.7 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Operating expenses:           
                     Research and development 15.5 10.5 12.5 13.8 8.5 
                     Selling, general and administrative 11.7 12.6 11.1 11.3 9.3 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                      Total operating expenses 27.2 23.1 23.6 25.1 17.8 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Income (loss) from operations (2.4)9.7 8.7 7.4 21.9 
                    Interest and other income (expense), net 0.5 0.4 1.6 1.0 1.3 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Income (loss) before income taxes (1.9)10.1 10.3 8.4 23.2 
                    Provision for (benefit from) income taxes  (0.4)0.4 (1.7)7.7 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Net income (loss) (1.9)%10.5%9.9%10.1%15.5%
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                    Six Months Ended September 30, 2006 Compared to Six Months Ended September 30, 2005

                            Net Revenues.    Net revenues increased by 33.7% from $21.6 million in the six months ended September 30, 2005 to $28.9 million in the six months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was primarily due to an 8.5% increase in unit sales as a result of increased demand from our networking and telecommunications OEMs. Unit sales increased across our product lines, particularly for our 18 and 36 megabit Very Fast SRAM products. Net revenues also improved as a result of a 19.2% increase in the overall average selling price of our products due to a shift in product mix to a larger percentage of higher price, higher density products. We believe that OEM demand increased largely as a result of a general improvement in the business environment and an increase in capital expenditures for networking and telecommunications equipment.

                            Cost of Revenues.    Cost of revenues increased by 19.4% from $14.6 million in the six months ended September 30, 2005 to $17.4 million in the six months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was primarily due to the 8.5% increase in unit shipments and a shift in product mix to higher cost, higher density products, partially offset by various cost reduction measures, including the negotiation of price reductions for wafers purchased from TSMC and for assembly and test services provided by our contractors.

                            Gross Profit.    Gross profit increased by 63.3% from $7.0 million in the six months ended September 30, 2005 to $11.5 million in the six months ended September 30, 2006. Gross margin increased from 32.5% in the six months ended September 30, 2005 to 39.7% in the six months ended September 30, 2006. This increase in gross margin was primarily related to the shift in product mix. The cost reduction measures described above also contributed to the improvement in gross margin.

                            Research and Development Expenses.    Research and development expenses decreased 18.4% from $3.0 million in the six months ended September 30, 2005 to $2.4 million in the six months ended September 30, 2006. This decrease was primarily due to $678,000 in costs incurred in September 2005 for pre-production mask sets related to the transition to our new 90 nanometer process technology. The



                    decrease was partially offset by increases of $167,000 in other prototype expenses and $50,000 in outside design consultant expenses.

                            Research and development expenses included stock-based compensation expense of $35,000 and $95,000 for the six months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

                            Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 10.8% from $2.4 million in the six months ended September 30, 2005 to $2.7 million in the six months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was primarily related to an increase of $204,000 in commissions paid to manufacturers' representatives resulting from the increase in net revenues and an increase of $117,000 in payroll related expenses.

                            Selling, general and administrative expenses included stock-based compensation expense of $6,000 and $81,000 for the six months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

                            Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net.    Interest and other income (expense), net increased by 75.9%, from $220,000 in the six months ended September 30, 2006 to $387,000 in the six months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was primarily the result of an increase in interest income of $188,000 due to higher interest rates and higher average balances of invested cash, offset in part by a foreign exchange loss related to our Taiwan branch operations.

                            Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes.    The provision for income taxes increased from a benefit of $364,000 in the six months ended September 30, 2005 to an expense of $2.2 million in the six months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was due to the increase in pre-tax income and the release of $895,000 of tax reserves in 2005 following the conclusion of an income tax audit by the Internal Revenue Service.

                            Net Income.    Net income increased 105.4% from $2.1 million in the six months ended September 30, 2005 to $4.5 million in the six months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was primarily due to increased net revenues and improved gross margins.

                    Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2006 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2005

                            Net Revenues.    Net revenues decreased by 5.7% from $45.7 million in fiscal 2005 to $43.1 million in fiscal 2006. This decrease was primarily due to an 18.9% decrease in unit sales, partially offset by an increase of 15.3% in the overall average selling price of our products due to a shift in product mix to a larger percentage of higher price, higher density products. Revenue growth during fiscal 2006 was adversely impacted by our inability to ship certain of our 36 megabit products due to an error in the assembly process at one of our suppliers.

                            Cost of Revenues.    Cost of revenues decreased by 4.8% from $30.7 million in fiscal 2005 to $29.2 million in fiscal 2006. This decrease was primarily due to the 18.9% decrease in unit shipments and a decrease in unit cost due to various cost reduction measures, including the negotiation of price reductions for wafers purchased from TSMC and for assembly and test services provided by our contractors. Offsetting these reductions was a charge of approximately $900,000 in fiscal 2006 related to the write-off of inventory resulting from the assembly error cited above.

                            Gross Profit.    Gross profit decreased by 7.4% from $15.0 million in fiscal 2005 to $13.9 million in fiscal 2006 primarily due to the 5.7% decline in net revenues. Gross margin decreased from 32.8% in fiscal 2005 to 32.3% in fiscal 2006. This decrease in gross margin was primarily related to the write-off of inventory resulting from the assembly error cited above. The decrease in gross margin was partially offset by the shift in product mix and the cost reduction measures described above.

                            Research and Development Expenses.    Research and development expenses increased by 11.9% from $4.8 million in fiscal 2005 to $5.4 million in fiscal 2006. This increase was primarily due to



                    $678,000 in costs incurred in fiscal 2006 for pre-production mask sets related to the transition to our new 90 nanometer process technology. The increase was partially offset by a decrease of $85,000 in payroll related expenses.

                            Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by 16.7% from $5.8 million in fiscal 2005 to $4.8 million for fiscal 2006. This decrease was primarily related to the write-off in fiscal 2005 of $962,000 in costs incurred in 2004 in connection with a planned initial public offering of our common stock, which was not consummated, and a decrease in commissions paid to manufacturers' representatives, partially offset by increased payroll related expenses.

                            Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net.    Interest and other income (expense), net increased by 315.9% from $164,000 in fiscal 2005 to $682,000 in fiscal 2006. Net interest earned on invested cash balances increased from $166,000 to $482,000 due to an increase in average cash balances and higher interest rates. In addition, foreign exchange gains related to our Taiwan branch operations increased from $6,000 in fiscal 2005 to $207,000 in fiscal 2006.

                            Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes.    There was a $155,000 benefit from income taxes in fiscal 2005 compared to a tax expense of $171,000 in fiscal 2006. The income tax benefit in fiscal 2005 resulted from the release of our $1.7 million deferred tax valuation allowance. During fiscal 2005, we determined that there was sufficient positive evidence, including a recent history of generating taxable income, to release the deferred tax asset valuation allowance that was recorded as of March 31, 2004. The tax provision in fiscal 2006 reflects the release of $895,000 of tax reserves following the conclusion of an income tax audit by the Internal Revenue Service.

                            Net Income.    Net income decreased by 11.1% from $4.8 million in fiscal 2005 to $4.2 million in fiscal 2006. This decrease was primarily due to decreased gross margins on reduced net revenues.

                    Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2005 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2004

                            Net Revenues.    Net revenues increased by 29.1% from $35.4 million in fiscal 2004 to $45.7 million in fiscal 2005. This increase was primarily due to a 13.0% increase in unit sales as a result of increased demand from our networking and telecommunications OEMs and an increase of 12.9% in the overall average selling price of our products due to a shift in product mix to a larger percentage of higher price, higher density products. We believe that OEM demand increased largely as a result of a general improvement in the business environment and an increase in capital expenditures for networking and telecommunications equipment.

                            Cost of Revenues.    Cost of revenues increased 15.4% from $26.6 million in fiscal 2004 to $30.7 million in fiscal 2005. This increase was the result of the 13.0% increase in unit shipments and a shift in product mix to higher cost, higher density products. In addition, various cost reduction measures, which included the negotiation of price reductions for wafers purchased from TSMC and for assembly and test services provided by our contractors, helped reduce our product cost in fiscal 2005.

                            Gross Profit.    Gross profit increased by 70.7% from $8.8 million in fiscal 2004 to $15.0 million in fiscal 2005. Gross margin increased from 24.9% in fiscal 2004 to 32.8% in fiscal 2005. This gross margin improvement was a result of the shift in product mix, with a greater proportion of revenues being generated by our higher margin, higher density products, lower costs as a result of the cost reduction measures described above, and reduced product cost due to yield improvement.

                            Research and Development Expenses.    Research and development expenses decreased by 12.7% from $5.5 million in fiscal 2004 to $4.8 million in fiscal 2005. This decrease was primarily due to a $377,000 decrease in prototyping expenses and pre-production mask costs, a $300,000 decrease in stock-based compensation expense, a $124,000 decrease in depreciation expense and a $69,000 decrease in



                    outside design consultant expense, partially offset by an increase of $189,000 in payroll related expenses.

                            Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.    Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 38.6% from $4.2 million in fiscal 2004 to $5.8 million in fiscal 2005. This increase was primarily due to the write-off in fiscal 2005 of $962,000 of costs incurred in 2004 in connection with a planned initial public offering of our common stock, which was not consummated, an increase of $307,000 in commissions paid to manufacturers' representatives as a result of increased net revenues, an increase of $170,000 in payroll related expenses, and an increase of $167,000 in professional fees.

                            Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net.    Interest and other income (expense), net decreased by 9.9% from $182,000 in fiscal 2004 to $164,000 in fiscal 2005. This decrease resulted from reductions in our average cash balances and fluctuating foreign exchange rates that impacted our operations in Taiwan.

                            Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes.    There was no tax provision in fiscal 2004 due to our pre-tax loss. The $155,000 benefit from income taxes in fiscal 2005 resulted from the release of our deferred tax valuation allowance. During fiscal 2005, we determined that there was sufficient positive evidence, including a recent history of generating taxable income, to release the deferred tax asset valuation allowance that was recorded as of March 31, 2004. Accordingly, we released the deferred tax valuation allowance of $1.7 million during fiscal 2005.

                            Net Income (Loss).    Net income increased to $4.8 million in fiscal 2005 from a loss of $670,000 in fiscal 2004. This increase was primarily due to the increases in net revenues and gross margin.



                    Quarterly Consolidated Results of Operations

                            The following tables present unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the six quarters ended September 30, 2006, and the data expressed as a percentage of net revenues. We have prepared the unaudited quarterly financial information on a consistent basis with the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, and the financial information reflects all normal, recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of such information in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for the quarters presented. The results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future period.

                     
                     Quarter Ended
                     
                     June 30,
                    2005

                     Sept. 30,
                    2005

                     Dec. 31,
                    2005

                     Mar. 31,
                    2006

                     June 30,
                    2006

                     Sept. 30,
                    2006

                     
                     (in thousands, except per share data)

                    Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:                  
                    Net revenues $11,215 $10,425 $11,097 $10,404 $13,973 $14,956
                    Cost of revenues  7,620  6,984  8,222  6,403  8,395  9,047
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Gross profit  3,595  3,441  2,875  4,001  5,578  5,909
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                    Operating expenses:

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     
                     Research and development  1,177  1,818  1,199  1,183  1,287  1,157
                     Selling, general and administrative  1,321  1,115  1,136  1,225  1,318  1,382
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                      Total operating expenses  2,498  2,933  2,335  2,408  2,605  2,539
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Income from operations  1,097  508  540  1,593  2,973  3,370
                    Interest and other income (expense), net  114  106  176  286  185  202
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Income before income taxes  1,211  614  716  1,879  3,158  3,572
                    Provision for (benefit from) income taxes  369  (733) (37) 572  1,048  1,185
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Net income $842 $1,347 $753 $1,307 $2,110 $2,387
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Net income per common share:                  
                     Basic $0.10 $0.18 $0.09 $0.18 $0.30 $0.35
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     Diluted $0.04 $0.06 $0.03 $0.06 $0.09 $0.10
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Weighted average shares used in per share calculations:                  
                     Basic  6,138  6,140  6,149  6,164  6,181  6,250
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     Diluted  19,299  22,629  19,491  22,630  22,642  22,954
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                     
                     Quarter Ended
                     
                     
                     June 30,
                    2005

                     Sept. 30,
                    2005

                     Dec. 31,
                    2005

                     Mar. 31,
                    2006

                     June 30,
                    2006

                     Sept. 30,
                    2006

                     
                    As a Percentage of Net Revenues:             
                    Net revenues 100.0%100.0%100.0%100.0%100.0%100.0%
                    Cost of revenues 67.9 67.0 74.1 61.5 60.1 60.5 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Gross profit 32.1 33.0 25.9 38.5 39.9 39.5 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Operating expenses:             
                     Research and development 10.5 17.4 10.8 11.4 9.2 7.7 
                     Selling, general and administrative 11.8 10.7 10.2 11.8 9.4 9.2 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Total operating expense 22.3 28.1 21.0 23.2 18.6 16.9 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Income from operations 9.8 4.9 4.9 15.3 21.3 22.6 
                    Interest and other income (expense), net 1.0 1.0 1.6 2.8 1.3 1.3 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Income before income taxes 10.8 5.9 6.5 18.1 22.6 23.9 
                    Provision for (benefit from) income taxes 3.3 (7.0)(0.3)5.5 7.5 7.9 
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                    Net income 7.5%12.9%6.8%12.6%15.1%16.0%
                      
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

                            Net Revenues.    Net revenues fluctuated between $10.4 million to $11.2 million over the four quarters ended March 31, 2006, and then grew to $14.0 million and $15.0 million in the quarters ended June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, respectively, primarily due to increases in unit sales as a result of increased demand from our networking and telecommunications OEMs and generally increasing overall average selling prices.

                            Gross Profit.    Gross profit margins fluctuated over the sevensix quarter period ended December 31, 2003.September 30, 2006. During the five quarters ended June 30, 2003,2006, gross margins variedimproved on a quarterly basis from 17.6%32.1% in the quarter ended June 30, 2005 to 10.0%,39.9% in the quarter ended June 30, 2006, with the exception of the quarter ended MarchDecember 31, 20032005 when the gross margin was 3.9%. During that quarter, we returned approximately $2.1 million of wafersdeclined to TSMC25.9% primarily as a result of quality issuesan assembly error affecting certain of our 36 megabit products, which resulted in a chargean inventory write-off of approximately $700,000$900,000. The improvement in gross margin from June 30, 2005 to September 30, 2006 was primarily a result of a continuing shift in product mix, with a greater proportion of our revenues being generated by our higher margin, higher density products. Reduced product cost of revenues for manufacturing costs incurred in excess of the amount credited by TSMC. Additionally, we received a refund from TSMC in the December 2002 quarter in the amount of $286,000 for mask sets previously purchased.due to yield improvement, and various cost reduction measures also contributed to improved gross margins.

                            Research and Development.Development Expenses.    Research and development expenses fluctuated from a low of $1.2 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2003September 30, 2006 to a high of $2.0$1.8 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2002.2005. In the quarter ended September 30, 2002,2005, research and development expenses included $678,000 in pre-production mask set costs totaling $651,000 related to our 0.13 micron geometrythe transition to new 90 nanometer process technology with TSMC. In the quarter ended September 30, 2003, research and development expenses included mask costs totaling $386,000 for our OC-3 telecommunications IC under development by our design team in Norcross, Georgia. We typically charge mask costs to cost of revenues over a 12-month amortization period. However, in the case where we purchase a mask set that we later conclude will not result in a production worthy product and significant future revenue, we charge those mask costs to research and development expenses.technology.

                            Selling, General and Administrative.Administrative Expenses.    Selling, general and administrative expenses varied from a low of $1.0$1.1 million in the quarter ended JuneSeptember 30, 20032005 to a high of $1.2$1.4 million in the quarter ended JuneSeptember 30, 2002.2006. Expenses vary on a quarterly basis as a result of the timing of expenditures for advertising and travel related expenses, in addition to employee turnover and commission payments to manufacturers' representatives that vary with changes in our net revenues.revenues, changes in employee headcount, and travel related and advertising expenses.

                            Most of our expenses, such as employee compensation and lease payments for facilities, are relatively fixed in the near term. In addition, our expense levels are based in part on our expectations regarding future revenues. As a result, any shortfall in revenues relative to our expectations could cause significant changes in our operating results from quarter to quarter. Our quarterly and annual



                    operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate significantly in the future due to a variety of factors, including:

                      the volumeour ability to attract new customers, retain existing customers and timing of orders received fromincrease sales to such customers;

                      unpredictability of the timing and size of releasescustomer orders, since most of newour customers purchase our products by us and our competitors;on a purchase order basis rather than pursuant to a long term contract;

                      fluctuations in yields at the independent wafer foundries that manufacture our products;availability and costs associated with materials needed to satisfy customer requirements;

                      the longmanufacturing defects, which could cause us to incur significant warranty, support and repair costs, lose potential sales, cycles forharm our Fastrelationships with customers and Ultra-Fast SRAMs;

                      availability of SRAM productsresult in the market;

                    32


                        our ability to anticipate changing end-user product requirements for the networking and telecommunications markets;

                        change in demand for our products;

                        the continued development of our direct and indirect distribution channels;

                        availability in foundry, assembly or test capacity;

                        changes in average selling prices of our products;write-downs;

                        changes in our product mix, which could reducepricing policies, including those made in response to new product announcements and pricing changes of our gross margins;

                        cancellation of existing orders or the failure to secure new orders;competitors; and

                        increased expenses associated with our newability to address technology issues as they arise, improve our products' functionality and expand our product design and development.offerings.

                              The occurrence of one or more of these factors might cause our operating results to vary widely. As such, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our revenues and operating results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance.


                      Liquidity and Capital Resources

                              Since our inception, we have used proceeds from a number of sources, including the private sale of $9.6 million of equity securities, bank borrowings and cash generated by operating activities to support our operations, acquire capital equipment and finance accounts receivable and inventory growth. We have raised a total of $9.4 million from the private sale of equity securities.

                              As of December 31, 2003,September 30, 2006, our principal sources of liquidity were $5.2$15.5 million in cash, and cash equivalents and short term investments, and our $4.0 million line of credit with Chiao Tung Bank.Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. Borrowing under our credit line is limited to $1.0 million plus 70.0% of eligible United States accounts receivable balances and 35.0% of finished goods inventory, with a sublimit of $500,000 for inventory. Borrowings under the line of credit are collateralized by accounts receivable, inventory and a $1.0 million time certificate of deposit. Borrowings under the line of credit bear interest at the bank's prime rate for the first $1.0 million and at the bank's prime rate plus 1.0% for amounts exceeding $1.0 million. The bank's prime rate was 4.0% as of December 31, 2003. The terms of the line of credit include various covenants that require us to maintain a working capital ratio, a minimum tangible net worth and a debt to net worth ratio. The line of credit expires in May 2004. We are2007. Although we currently negotiatingintend to extendrenew the line of credit through May 2005.before it expires, we do not believe its expiration would have a significant impact on our liquidity or capital resources. As of September 30, 2006, no amounts were outstanding under the credit line.

                              Net cash flow provided by operating activities was $1.2 million for the six month period ended September 30, 2005 and $78,000 for the six month period ended September 30, 2006. The primary sources of cash from operating activities was a sourcein the six month period ended September 30, 2005 were net income of $8.8$2.2 million in fiscal 2001 and $189,000 in fiscal 2002 and a use$1.4 million reduction in accounts receivable due to certain customers making early payments to take advantage of $1.3 milliondiscounts and the timing of shipments during the period with a larger percentage of shipments in fiscal 2003. During the nine months ended December 31, 2003, operating activities resulted in a usesecond half of $729,000. The principal use of cash in fiscal 2001 was $16.1 million for the build-up of inventory for backlog or orders received priorMarch 2005 quarter compared to the downturn in the networking and telecommunications marketsSeptember 2005 quarter. These sources were primarily offset by $10.7 million from an increased accounts payable balance resulting from inventory purchases. Principal uses of casha reduction in fiscal 2002 were accounts payable of $11.6 million, accrued expenses and other liabilities resulting from the payment of $2.9income taxes and an increase of $756,000 in inventory. The primary sources of cash from operating activities in the six month period ended September 30, 2006 were net income of $4.5 million, and deferred revenue of $2.3 million. Accounts payablean increase in fiscal 2002 decreased compared to fiscal 2001 as we paid for inventory, primarily wafers from TSMC and WaferTech, acquired at the end of fiscal 2001. Accruedaccrued expenses and other liabilities decreasedand deferred revenue. These sources were partially offset by an increase in inventory of $4.1 million as we purchased additional wafers from fiscal 2001TSMC to fiscal 2002 as a resultmeet anticipated demand and an increase in accounts receivable of payments for income tax liabilities and manufacturers' representatives commissions outstanding at year end. Deferred revenue decreased as our distributors reduced inventory levels due to reduced sales levels caused by$2.0 million, which reflected the downturnincreased quarterly net revenues in the networkingSeptember 2006 quarter compared to the March 2006 quarter.



                              Net cash flow used in operating activities was $2.2 million in fiscal 2004 compared with net cash provided by operating activities of $8.2 million and telecommunications markets. Fiscal 2002 cash uses were offset primarily by $6.2$5.2 million of decreased accounts receivable, $6.9 million of decreased inventory and $3.9 million of increased inventory reserves. Each of these sources of cash was a result of the decrease in net revenue levels for fiscal 2002. The primary use of cash in fiscal 2003 was our net loss of

                      33



                      $7.4 million. This use of cash was primarily offset by sources of cash of $5.2 million from inventory as we continued to fulfill orders from inventory on hand2005 and $2.5 million from deferred income taxes.2006, respectively. Primary uses of cash in the nine months ending December 31, 2003,during fiscal 2004 were our net loss of $1.8 million,$670,000, increases in inventory of $3.5$8.1 million as we purchased wafers to meet the increasing demand for our products, and $3.1a $4.8 million from an increase in accounts receivable resulting from the increased net revenues in the quarter ended DecemberMarch 31, 2003.2004. These uses were primarilypartially offset by increasesan increase of $3.6 million in accounts payable, of $1.9 million resulting from the increased inventory level, and an increase of $1.8$2.0 million for accrued expenses and other liabilities, and a decrease of $2.2$1.8 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets caused by our receipt of a refund for income taxes previously paid. Principal uses of cash in fiscal 2005 were accounts payable of $2.4 million and deferred income taxes of $1.3 million. Accounts payable in fiscal 2005 decreased compared to fiscal 2004 as we paid for inventory, primarily wafers from TSMC, acquired at the end of fiscal 2004. These fiscal 2005 cash uses were offset primarily by $2.4 million of decreased accounts receivable and $2.7 million of decreased inventory. Inventory levels decreased as we continued to fulfill orders from inventory on hand. The primary use of cash in fiscal 2006 was prepaid expenses and other assets of $1.1 million, accrued expenses and other liabilities of $1.4 million, inventory of $1.7 million and deferred income taxes of $734,000. These uses of cash were partially offset by $3.0 million of increased accounts payable primarily for wafers purchased from TSMC acquired at the end of fiscal 2006.

                              Net cash used in investing activities was $2.3$2.1 million in fiscal 2001, $388,000each of the six month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 and consisted primarily of purchases of test equipment and the investment of excess cash in fiscal 2002, $2.0 million in fiscal 2003 and $225,000 in the nine months ended December 31, 2003.auction rate securities during each period.

                              Net cash used in investing activities was $481,000 in fiscal 2004, $3.2 million in fiscal 2005 and $2.2 million in fiscal 2006 and consisted primarily of purchases of test equipment.equipment and the investment of excess cash in auction rate securities during each period.

                              Net cash provided by financing activities was $480,000 in fiscal 2001, $55,000 in fiscal 2002, $76,000 in fiscal 2003$21,000 and $13,000$36,000 in the nine monthssix month periods ended December 31, 2003.September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Net cash provided by financing activities during each period consisted of the net proceeds from the sale of common stock pursuant to option exercises.

                              Net cash provided by financing activities was $65,000 in fiscal 2004, $50,000 in fiscal 2005 and convertible preferred stock.$46,000 in fiscal 2006. Net cash provided by financing activities during each year consisted of the net proceeds from the sale of common stock pursuant to option exercises.

                              We had no material commitments for capital expenditures at December 31, 2003,September 30, 2006, but we expect such expenditures to total approximately $2.0$2.5 million infrom October 1, 2006 through fiscal 2005.2008. These expenditures will primarily be for test equipment.equipment and an upgrade to our enterprise resource planning system. We also have total minimum lease obligations of approximately $758,000$1.5 million from JanuaryOctober 1, 20042006 through June 30, 2005,May 31, 2010, under non-cancelable operating leases.

                              We believe that our existing balances of cash and cash equivalents, our available credit facilities and cash flow expected to be generated from our future operations will be sufficient to meet our cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months, although we could be required, or could elect, to seek additional funding prior to that time. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the rate of revenue growth that we experience, the extent to which we utilize subcontractors, the levels of inventory and accounts receivable that we maintain, the timing and extent of spending to support our product development efforts and the expansion of our sales and marketing efforts. Additional capital may also be required for the consummation of any acquisition of businesses, products or technologies that we may undertake. We cannot assure you that additional equity or debt financing, if required, will be available on terms that are acceptable or at all.



                      Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
                      Contractual Obligations

                              The following table describes our commitments to settle contractual obligations in cash as of March 31, 2003.September 30, 2006 under our operating leases for our facilities and test equipment:

                       
                       Payments due by period
                        
                      Contractual Obligations

                       Up to 1 year
                       1-3 years
                       3-5 years
                       More than 5
                      years

                       Total
                      Operating leases $460,000 $522,000   $982,000
                       
                       Payments due by period
                        
                       
                       Up to 1 year
                       1-3 years
                       3-5 years
                       More than 5
                      years

                       Total
                      Facilities and equipment leases $788,000 $582,000 $189,000  $1,559,000

                              In addition, we had inventory purchase commitments of approximately $15.2$6.9 million as of December 31, 2003. Our current lease for our Santa Clara facilities expiresSeptember 30, 2006. These commitments are anticipated to be fulfilled in 2005 and we anticipate further lease obligations under a new or extended lease for this facility.fiscal 2007.


                      Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

                              The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires us to make judgments and estimates that affect the amounts that we report in our financial statements and accompanying notes.

                      34



                      We believe that we consistently apply these judgments and estimates and thethat our financial statements and accompanying notes fairly represent all periods presented. However, any errors in these judgments and estimates may have a material impact on our balance sheet and statement of operations. Critical accounting estimates, as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission, are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require our most difficult and subjective judgments and estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our critical accounting estimates include those regarding revenue recognition, the valuation of inventories, taxes and taxes.stock-based compensation.

                              Revenue Recognition.    We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Under these criteria, revenue from the sale of our products is recognized upon shipment according to our shipping terms, net of accruals for estimated sales returns and allowances based on historical experience. Sales to distributors are made under agreements allowing for returns or credits under certain circumstances. We defer recognition of revenue on sales to distributors until products are resold by the distributor to the end-user.

                              Our accurate revenue reporting is dependent on receiving pertinent and accurate data from our distributors in a timely fashion. Distributors provide us monthly data regarding the product, price, quantity, and end customer for their shipments as well as the quantities of our products they have in stock at month end. In determining the appropriate amount of revenue to recognize, we use this data in reconciling differences between their reported inventories and activities. If distributors incorrectly report their inventories or activities, it could lead to inaccurate reporting of our revenues and income.

                              Valuation of Inventories.    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined on a weighted average basis. Our inventory reserves are established when conditions indicate that the selling price of our products could be less than cost due to physical deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price levels, or other causes. We establish reserves for excess inventory generally based on inventory levels in excess of 12 months of forecasted demand in our judgment, for each specific product. Inventory consists of finished goods, work in progress and goods at distributors. Historically, it has been difficult to forecast customer demand especially at the part-number level. Many of the orders we receive from our customers and distributors request delivery of product on relatively short notice and with lead times less than our manufacturing cycle time. In order to provide competitive delivery times to our customers, we build and stock a certain amount of inventory in anticipation of customer demand that may not materialize. Moreover, as is common in the semiconductor industry, we may allow customers to cancel orders with minimal advance notice. Thus, even product built to satisfy



                      specific customer orders may not ultimately be required to fulfill customer demand. Nevertheless, at any point in time, some portion of our inventory is subject to the risk of being materially in excess of our projected demand. InAdditionally, our average selling prices could decline due to market or other conditions, which creates a risk that costs of manufacturing our inventory may not be recovered. For example, in fiscal 2002, as a result of a largesubstantial decline in average selling price, we determined that a significant portion of our inventory was valued in excess of the price at which we could sell the product and recorded an inventory provision of $3.9 million. While we endeavor to accurately predict demand and stock commensurate inventory levels, we may be required to record unanticipated materialadditional inventory write-downs in the future.future, which could be material.

                              Taxes.    We make certain estimates and judgments in the calculation of tax liabilities and the determination of deferred tax assets, which arise from temporary differences between tax and financial statement recognition methods. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that management estimates is more likely than not to be realized. If in the future we determine that we are not likely to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets, an adjustment to deferred tax assets would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made.

                              In addition, the calculation of tax liabilities involves inherent uncertainty in the application of complex tax laws. We record tax reserves for additional taxes that we estimate we may be required to

                      35



                      pay as a result of future potential examinations by federal and state taxing authorities. If the payment ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of these tax reserves would result in tax benefits being recognized in the period we determine such reserves are no longer necessary. If an ultimate tax assessment exceeds our estimate of tax liabilities, an additional charge to expense will result.

                              Stock Based Compensation.    Information regarding our stock option grants to our employees during fiscal 2006 and for the six months ended September 30, 2006 is summarized as follows:

                      Date of Issuance

                       Number of Shares
                      Subject to
                      Options Granted

                       Exercise Price
                      Per Share

                       Estimated Fair
                      Value of
                      Common Stock

                       Intrinsic
                      Value Per
                      Share

                      June 2005 through October 2005 130,400 $4.50 $4.50 $
                      August 2006 16,800 $5.50 $5.50 $
                      August 2006 through September 2006 159,200 $5.75 $5.75 $

                              Prior to April 1, 2006, we accounted for employee stock options using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees ("APB 25"), and Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Interpretation No. 44,Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB No. 25, and had adopted the disclosure-only provisions using the fair value method of SFAS No. 123,Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ("SFAS 123"), and SFAS No. 148,Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure. In accordance with APB 25, we recognized compensation cost for options granted to the extent the exercise price was lower than the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Prior to April 1, 2006, we allocated stock-based compensation costs using the straight line method and recognized the effect of forfeitures when they occurred.

                              On April 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123(R),Share-Based Payment ("SFAS 123(R)"), using the modified prospective transition method. Under this method, our stock-based compensation costs recognized during the six months ended September 30, 2006 were comprised of compensation costs for all share-based payment awards granted subsequent to April 1, 2006 and of compensation costs related to share-based payment awards that were unvested on April 1, 2006, based on their grant-date fair value estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Prior periods were not restated. As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the statement of operations for the six months ended September 30, 2006 is based on options ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced by the amount of estimated forfeitures.



                              We chose the straight-line method of allocating compensation cost over the requisite service period of the related award under SFAS 123(R). We calculated the expected term based on the historical average period of time that options were outstanding as adjusted for expected changes in future exercise patterns, which, for options granted in the six months ended September 30, 2006, resulted in an expected term of approximately four years. We based our estimate of expected volatility on the estimated volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding to the expected life of the options. The dividend yield is 0%, based on the fact that we have never paid dividends and have no present intention to pay dividends. Changes to these assumptions may have a significant impact on the results of operations.

                              The impact of adoption of SFAS 123(R) was to reduce income before tax by $217,000, net income by $212,000 and basic and diluted earnings per share by $0.04 and $0.01, respectively, for the six months ended September 30, 2006. SFAS 123(R) requires cash flows, if any, resulting from the tax benefits from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows. Adoption of FAS No. 123(R) did not have an impact on operating and financing cash flows because we did not have any excess tax benefits in the period of adoption.

                              Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), we recognized forfeitures of unvested stock options as they occurred. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), we began estimating future forfeitures and recognizing the effect of such forfeitures on the grant date of the awards. SFAS No. 123(R) requires a one-time cumulative adjustment at the adoption date to record an estimate of future forfeitures on the unvested outstanding awards. Based on our estimate of the impact of future forfeitures on the expense recognized for unvested options at the date of adoption, such one-time cumulative adjustment was determined to be immaterial.

                              We have no stock-based compensation arrangements with non-employees.

                              Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors estimated the fair value of our common stock for purposes of determining stock-based compensation expense for the periods presented. Through September 2006, the board of directors determined the estimated fair value of our common stock, based in part on our historic net revenues and a market determined revenue multiplier as well as the following:


                              We believe that we have used reasonable methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, to determine the fair value of our common stock. If we had made different assumptions and estimates than those described above, the amount of our recognized and to be recognized stock-based compensation expense, net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share amounts could have been materially different.


                              Based upon the initial public offering price of $            per share, the aggregate intrinsic values of vested and unvested options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2006 were $     million and $     million, respectively.

                      Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

                              At September 30, 2006, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. Accordingly, we are not exposed to the type of financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.

                      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure Regarding Market Risk

                              Foreign Currency Exchange Risk.    Our revenues and our expenses, except those expenses related to our operations in Taiwan, including subcontractor manufacturing expenses, are denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result, we have relatively little exposure for currency exchange risks, and foreign exchange losses have been minimal to date. We do not currently enter into forward exchange contracts to hedge exposure denominated in foreign currencies or any other derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. In the future, if we feel our foreign currency exposure has increased, we may consider entering into hedging transactions to help mitigate that risk.

                              Interest Rate Sensitivity.    We had unrestricted cash, and cash equivalents and short term investments totaling $5.2$15.5 million at December 31, 2003 and $6.1 million at March 31, 2003.September 30, 2006. These amounts were invested primarily in money market funds and high quality, investment grade, variableauction rate municipal bonds.securities. The unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term marketable securities are held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, will reduce future investment income.


                      Recent Accounting Pronouncements

                              In November 2002,September 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force,Securities and Exchange Commission, or EITF, reached a consensus on IssueSEC, issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 00-21, "Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables." EITF Issue108, or SAB No. 00-21108,Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements When Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements, which provides interpretive guidance on how the effects of the carryover or reversal of prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. We will be required to account for arrangements that involveadopt the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and/or rights to use assets. The provisions of EITF IssueSAB No. 00-21 will apply to revenue arrangements entered into108 in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003.2008. We do not believe that the adoption of this standardSAB No. 108 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.position, results of operations or cash flows.

                              In November 2002,September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS No. 157,Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157 establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The changes to current practice resulting from the application of this Statement relate to the definition of fair value, the methods used to measure fair value, and the expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. We will be required to adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 157 beginning with our fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2008. We do not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows

                              In July 2006, the FASB, issued FASB Interpretation No. 45,48,Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an Interpretation of FASB Statement 109, or FIN 45, "Guarantor's Accounting48. FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present, and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guaranteesdisclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the company has taken or expects to take on a tax return (including a decision whether to file or not to file a return in a particular jurisdiction). Under the Interpretation,



                      the financial statements will reflect expected future tax consequences of Indebtednesssuch positions presuming the taxing authorities' full knowledge of Others." FIN 45the position and all relevant facts, but without considering time values. The Interpretation substantially changes the applicable accounting model and is likely to cause greater volatility in income statements as more items are recognized discretely within income tax expense. The Interpretation also revises disclosure requirements and introduces a prescriptive, annual, tabular roll-forward of the unrecognized tax benefits. The Interpretation requires qualitative and quantitative disclosures, including discussion of reasonably possible changes that a liability be recordedmight occur in the guarantor's balance sheet upon issuancerecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months; a description of open tax years by major jurisdictions; and a guarantee. In addition, FIN 45 requires disclosures about the guarantees that an entity has issued, includingroll-forward of all unrecognized tax benefits, presented as a reconciliation of changes in the entity's product warranty liabilities. The initial recognitionbeginning and initial measurement provisionsending balances of FIN 45 are applicablethe unrecognized tax benefits on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespectiveworldwide aggregated basis. The Interpretation is effective as of the guarantor'sbeginning of fiscal year-end. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for annual financial statements endingyears that start after December 15, 2002. Significant guarantees2006. We are currently evaluating the effect that wethe adoption of FIN 48 will have entered into are disclosed in "Note 6—Commitments and Contingencies" toon our financial statements.

                                    In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure," or SFAS 148. SFAS 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in a tabular format. Additionally, SFAS 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect in interim financial statements. The transition and annual disclosure requirements of SFAS 148 are effective for fiscal years ended after December 15, 2002. We have adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS 148 as of March 31, 2003.

                      36



                                    FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities," or FIN 46, was issued in January 2003. FIN 46 requires that if an entity is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, the assets, liabilities andconsolidated results of operations and financial condition.

                              In June 2006, EITF No. 06-3,How Sales Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross Versus Net Presentation) was issued, which states that a company must disclose its accounting policy (i.e., gross or net presentations) regarding presentations of taxes within the variable interest entity should bescope of EITF No. 06-03. If taxes included in gross revenue are significant, a company must disclose the amount of these taxes for each period for which an income statement is presented. The disclosures are required for annual and interim financial statements of the entity. The provisions of FIN 46 are effective immediately for all arrangements entered into after January 31, 2003. We have not invested in any variable interest entities prior to or after January 31, 2003 and as such, no impact to our financial statementseach period for which an income statement is expected.

                                    In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standardspresented. EITF No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity," or SFAS 150. SFAS 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity and further requires that an issuer classify as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances) financial instruments that fall within its scope because that financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. Many such instruments were previously classified as equity. SFAS 150 is06-03 will be effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at theus beginning April 1, 2007. Based on our current evaluation of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003, except for mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities. For mandatorily redeemable financial instruments ofEITF No. 06-03, we do not expect its adoption to have a nonpublic entity, this statement is effective for existing or new contracts for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2003. SFAS 150 is to be implemented by reporting the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle for financial instruments created before the issuance of the date of this statement and still existing at the beginning of the interim period of adoption. Restatement is not permitted. We have not completed the process of evaluating thematerial impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial statements that will result from adopting this standard.position.

                      37




                      BUSINESS

                      Overview

                                    We design, develop and market high performance SRAM, or static random access memory, integrated circuits, or ICs, for the networking and telecommunications markets.        We are a leading provider of Fast"Very Fast" static random access memory, or SRAM, products which perform at higher speedsthat are incorporated primarily in high-performance networking and provide greater density than commodity SRAM products used in other applications. Within the Fast SRAM market, we focus on higher speed devices, which we refer to as Ultra-Fast SRAMs. We provide a broad range of advanced, highly reliable Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM solutions that target high performancetelecommunications equipment, such as routers, switches, wireless localwide area network infrastructure equipment, wireless basestationsbase stations and network access equipment. We believe our advanced circuit design expertise provides originalIn addition, we serve the ongoing needs of the military, industrial, test equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, with early access to next generation technologies, superior performance, advanced feature sets and high reliability, thereby enabling them to bring networking and telecommunications equipment to market quickly.medical markets for high-performance SRAMs.

                              We work closely with system designers at leading networkingoriginal equipment manufacturer, or OEM, customers including Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco Systems, Huawei Technologies and telecommunications OEMsNortel Networks, to better anticipate their needs and gain insight into future technology requirements. Our products are used by leading OEMs inWe believe that our success with customers is due to our offering the networking and telecommunications markets, including Agilent Technologies, Alcatel, Cisco Systems, Huawei Technologies, Lucent Technologies and QLogic.broadest available catalog of high-performance SRAMs to meet their highly specialized needs, combined with superior customer service over the lifetime of our products. We utilize a fabless business model, which allows us both to focus our resources on research and development, product design and marketing, while gainingand to gain access to advanced process technologies without significantwith only modest capital investmentsinvestment and the related fixed costs.


                      Industry Background

                      SRAM Market Overview

                              Virtually all types of high-performance electronic systems from advanced networking equipment such as sophisticated routers and switches to consumer electronic products such as digital cameras and personal digital assistants, or PDAs, incorporate SRAMs. An SRAM is a memory ICdevice that retains data as long as power is usedsupplied, without requiring any further user intervention. SRAMs offer the fastest access to temporarily storestored data not currently being processed, and provides much fasterof any type of memory access time than other types of memory. For example, SRAM ICs are typically up to five times faster than DRAM, or dynamic random access memory, ICs. According to Gartner Dataquest, the SRAM market was forecasted to be $3.1 billion in 2003 and is projected to be $4.4 billion in 2007, representing a compound annual growth rate of 9.1%.device.

                              There are a broad variety of SRAM ICs,SRAMs, characterized by a number of attributes, such as speed, memory capacity, or density, and power consumption. A significant portionThere are several different industry measures of speed:


                              Historically, SRAMs have been utilized wherever other memory technologies have been inadequate. SRAMs demonstrate lower latency, resulting in faster random access times, relative to dynamic random access memory, or DRAM, and other types of memory technologies. However, over the past few decades, less expensive alternatives have been introduced to address certain applications formerly using lower performance SRAMs. For example, new types of DRAM are now in the process of displacing lower performance SRAM products in applications such as cell phones. As a result of the displacement of low performance SRAMs, the total market size for SRAMs is diminishing. However, due to their inherent higher latency characteristics, DRAMs cannot match the random access speed of high-performance SRAMs. Gartner Dataquest divides the SRAM market into segments based on speed. The highest performance segment is comprised of SRAMs that operate at speeds of less than 10 nanoseconds, which we refer to as "Very Fast SRAMs." Very Fast SRAMs are predominantly utilized in high-performance networking and telecommunications equipment. Gartner Dataquest


                      estimates that this segment of the SRAM IC market consists of SRAMs with minimal speed requirements and a limited number of standard SRAM configurations. These commodity SRAMs are incorporatedwill grow from $1.06 billion in devices such as cell phones, PDAs and MP3 players. For these markets, SRAM providers have focused primarily on reducing costs and gaining economies of scale by high-volume manufacturing, rather than on providing a significant degree of differentiation through advanced speed, density or power consumption characteristics.2006 to $1.12 billion in 2010.

                      Trend TowardsIncreasing Need for Very Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM SolutionsSRAMs

                              Growth in data, voice and video traffic has driven the need for greater networking bandwidth, resulting in the continued build-outexpansion of the networking and telecommunications infrastructure. According to International Data Corporation, total worldwideThe continued growth in the level of Internet traffic is expected to grow from 405 petabits per day in 2003 to 5,174 petabits per day in 2007. This growthusage has led to the proliferation of a wide variety of equipment throughout the networking and telecommunications infrastructure. This equipment includesinfrastructure, including routers, switches, wireless local area network infrastructure equipment, wireless base stations and network access equipment. All of these products requireequipment and a demand for new equipment with faster and higher performance. High-performance networking and telecommunications equipment requires Very Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM

                      38



                      ICs, and OEMs are increasingly relying upon advanced SRAM technology to enable higher performance of their products.SRAMs. For example, in a typical router or switch, multiple high-speed SRAM ICsVery Fast SRAMs are required to temporarily store, or buffer, data traffic and to provide rapid lookup of information in data tables. Fast SRAM ICs are SRAM ICs that require less than 20 nanoseconds to retrieve data from memory. According to Gartner Dataquest, the Fast SRAM market is expected to grow at a 16.8% compound annual growth rate from 2003 to 2007, increasing from 43.8% of the overall SRAM market to 58.3% during that same period.

                      As networking equipment must increasingly support advanced traffic content such as Voice over Internet Protocol, or VoIP, and video streaming, networking and telecommunications OEMs are driving demand for even higher performance SRAM ICs, known as Ultra-Fast SRAMs. We define Ultra-FastVery Fast SRAMs as thoseis expected to continue to increase.

                      Demanding Requirements for Success in the Very Fast SRAM ICs that require less than 5 nanoseconds to retrieve data from memory. There are relatively few providers of Ultra-Fast SRAM ICs due to the high performance requirements of these ICs.Market

                              NetworkingThe pressure on networking and telecommunications OEMs are also under increasing pressure to bring higher performance productsequipment to market rapidly to support not only more traffic but also more advanced traffic content.content is compounded by the requirement that this new equipment occupy no more space than the equipment it replaces, which results in increased board density and the need for low power operations. In response to these pressures, OEMs have increasingly relied on IC providers that are capable of rapidly developing and introducing advanced, higher density, low power Very Fast SRAMs. The variety of applications for Very Fast SRAMs within the networking and Ultra-Fast SRAM ICs. We believe thattelecommunications markets has also driven a need for more specialized products available in relatively low volumes. These specialized products include high-speed synchronous SRAMs, with different density, latency and bandwidth capabilities. In general, OEMs also prefer to work with suppliers thata supplier who can address the full range of their high-performance Very Fast SRAM product requirements and, just as importantly, can offer the technical and logistic support necessary to sustain and accelerate their efforts.

                              We believe the key success factors for a Very Fast SRAM vendor are the ability to offer a broad rangecatalog of high-performance, high-quality and high-reliability Very Fast SRAM products, to continuously introduce new products with higher speeds, lower power and Ultra-Fast SRAM ICs that incorporate advanced feature sets that can be usedgreater densities, to maintain timely availability of prior generations of products for several years after their introductions, and to provide solutions across theireffective logistic and technical support throughout OEM customers' product suite.development and manufacturing life cycles.


                      The GSI Solution

                              We endeavor to address the overall needs of our OEM customers for Very Fast SRAMs, not only satisfying their immediate requirements for our latest generation, highest performance ICs but also providing them with the ongoing long-term support necessary during the entire lives of the systems in which our products are a leading provider of Fast SRAM solutions, focusing on Ultra-Fast SRAMs, targetingutilized. Accordingly, the networking and telecommunications markets. We provide a broad range of high performance, highly reliable solutions that are used in a variety of networking equipment, including routers, switches, wireless local area network infrastructure equipment, wireless base stations and network access equipment. Keykey elements of our solution are:include:

                      Innovative Design Architecture and TechnologyProduct Performance Leadership

                              High Speed Solutions.Speed.    Through the use of advanced architectures, and design methodologies and silicon process technologies, we have developed a wide variety of high-performance Very Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM ICs.SRAMs. The vast majority of these solutionsour products have random access speedstimes of 9 nanoseconds or less, while our newest products have random access times of less than 5 nanoseconds.nanoseconds and clock access times as fast as 0.45 nanoseconds with bandwidth as high as 48 gigabits per second. By providing faster ICs,higher performance


                      Very Fast SRAMs, we enable our customersnetworking and telecommunications OEMs to continually design and develop higher performance products that support increasingly complex traffic content.

                              Low Power Consumption.    Our products consume up to 50%Many of our Very Fast SRAMs require significantly less power than comparable products offered by our principal competitors. As a result, ourBecause these products utilize less power and generate less heat, increasing the reliability of the networking or telecommunications equipment in which they are used.employed increases. Furthermore, because of the low power requirementsutilization of our products,Very Fast SRAMs helps enable OEMs are able to add capabilities to their systems, which otherwise might not have been possible due to overall system power constraints.

                              Single Die Solution.Process Technology Leadership.    We maintain our own process engineering capability and resources, which are located in close physical proximity to our manufacturer, TSMC. This enhances our ability to work closely with TSMC to develop certain modifications of the advanced process technologies used in the manufacturing of our Very Fast SRAMs in order to maximize product performance, optimize yields, lower manufacturing costs and improve quality. Our designs enable multiple product families to bemost advanced 36 and 72 megabit, or Mb, synchronous Very Fast SRAMs are manufactured from a single die. This flexibility allowsusing 90 nanometer process technology. We are currently developing new synchronous Very Fast SRAMs using 65 nanometer process technology, which will allow us to minimize manufacturing timefurther increase product performance, lower power consumption and respond quickly to the shipment requirements that are characteristic of the networking and telecommunications markets. Our flexible product designs also allow OEMs to reduce their cost and time-to-market by evaluating and qualifying one product configuration, enabling them to more easily qualify related products within the same product family. Additionally, our single die solution allows us to reduce our costs through better inventory management, the purchase of fewer mask sets, streamlining internal product qualifications and more efficient use of engineering resources.costs.

                              Product Innovation.    We believe we have established a position as a technology leader in the design and development of Very Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM ICs.SRAMs. For example, we were the first supplier to

                      39



                      introduce 72 bit wide72-bit-wide SRAMs as single monolithic ICs. In addition, we were firstare the only vendor to market withoffer a full line of Very Fast Synchronous SRAMs that operate and interface at 1.8 to 3.3 volts, giving our SigmaRAM ICsOEM customers the ability to use the same product in systems of theirs that operate at any voltage within that range. Moreover, for certain Very Fast Synchronous SRAMs, we are the only vendor to offer a product that operates at 1.8 volts, which are characterized by very fast access times, lowuses approximately one half to two-thirds the power and high density and whose architecture has become an industry standard among networking and telecommunications OEMs. Additionally, we believe both our Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM solutions consistently provide the highest speed available for a given density.

                                    Process Technology Leadership.    We work with leading independent wafer foundries to manufacture our products in order to increase yields, lower manufacturing costs and improve the quality of our competitors' 2.5 volt products. Many of our products are implemented using 0.15 micron geometry process technology from TSMC. Our most advanced Ultra-Fast SRAM ICs are designed using 0.13 micron geometry process technology, and we are currently developing 72 megabit synchronous ICs using 90 nanometer geometry process technology, which will allow us to further increase IC performance, lower power consumption and reduce costs.

                      Comprehensive FastBroad and Ultra-Fast SRAM SolutionsReadily Available Product Portfolio

                              BroadExtensive Product Offering.Catalog.    WeThe Very Fast SRAM market is highly fragmented in terms of product features and specifications. To meet our OEM customers' diverse needs, we have what we believe is the broadest catalog of Very Fast SRAM products currently offer 30 basic product configurations, which are the basis for over 2,500 individual products.available. Our product line includes a wide range of high performance, low powerVery Fast SRAMs with varying densities, features, clock speeds, and Ultra-Fast SRAMs designed specifically forvoltages, as well as several operating temperature ranges and numerous package options in both 5/6 (leaded) and 6/6 (lead-free) versions, which are compliant with the networking and telecommunications markets such as high-speed synchronous SRAM (BurstRAM and NBT SRAM) ICs, high-speed asynchronous SRAM ICs, and SigmaRAM / SigmaQuad devices. Our broad product offering enables us to leverage our research and development to design and develop our product lines to meetEuropean Union's Restriction on the precise and changing requirementsUse of our customers.Hazardous Substances Directive 2002/95/EC.

                              Advanced Feature Sets.    Our products offer features that address a broad range of our networking and telecommunications OEMs' system requirements. These proprietaryAmong these features includeis a JTAG test port, named for the IEEE Joint Test Action Group, which enables post assemblypost-assembly verification of the connection between our ICsVery Fast SRAMs and thean OEM customer's system board, thereby allowing our customersan OEM customer of ours to more rapidly develop, test and ship their products.products more rapidly. Additionally, we offer our FLXDrive feature, which allows system designers to optimize the signal performanceintegrity for aany given requirement. We also provide OEMs the ability to useemploy certain of our ICsVery Fast SRAMs in various modes of operation in one ICby using our flexible pin out structure,products' mode control pins, thus increasing productthe flexibility of those products and availability. Overall, we believetheir ready availability from our advanced feature sets enable our end-users to achieve faster time-to-market and reduce their costs and inventory requirements.inventory.

                              Industrial Temperature.Superior Lifetime Availability of Products.    TheUnlike the market for consumer electronics, the markets in which we compete, particularly the networking and telecommunications market, generally keep their system designs in production for extended periods of time and maintenance of those systems in the field for even longer periods is critical to their success. Our foundry-based manufacturing strategy, our process technology selections, our master-die design strategy and the design of our packaging, burn-in



                      and test work-flows all contribute to allow us to meet and exceed our guarantee of providing a product life of at least seven years for any new product family we bring to market. These techniques also allow us to keep our delivery lead-times relatively short even for specialized, infrequently ordered members of those product families. We believe our approach is better suited to address the needs of our target markets than attempts to apply mass market manufacturing strategies to Very Fast SRAM products.

                              Multiple Temperature Grades.    We offer both commercial and industrial temperature grades for all of our Very Fast SRAMs. This ability to operateperform at specification throughout the industrial temperatures, while less important for commodity SRAMs,temperature range of -40°C to +85°C is critical for Very Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAMs used in a broad variety of networking and telecommunications applications, under varyingwhere the operating conditions. Allenvironments may be harsh. We can also offer military and extended temperature grades upon request for most of our products are designed to meet industrial temperature specifications, enabling them to operate at temperatures ranging from -40°C to +85°C.Very Fast SRAMs.

                      Master Die Methodology

                              Our master die methodology enables multiple product families, and variations thereof, to be manufactured from a single mask set. As a result, based upon the way available die from a wafer are metalized, wire bonded, packaged and tested, from 19 mask sets we have created over 8,500 different products. Using these mask sets, we produce wafers that can be further processed upon customer orders into the final specified product thereby significantly shortening the overall manufacturing time. For example, from a 72 megabit mask set, we can produce three families of 72 megabit SRAM products. Our unique methodology results in the following benefits:

                              Rapid Order Fulfillment.    We maintain a common pool of wafers that incorporate all available master die. Because we can typically create several different products from a single master die, we can respond to unforecasted customer orders more quickly than our competitors.

                              Reduced Cost.    Our master die methodology allows us to reduce our costs through the purchase of fewer mask sets by allowing faster and less expensive internal product qualifications, by enabling more cost-efficient use of engineering resources and by reducing the incidence of obsolete inventory.

                      Customer Responsiveness

                              Customer DrivenCustomer-driven Solutions.    We work closely with leading networking and telecommunications OEMs, as well as their chip-set suppliers, to better anticipate their requirements and to rapidly develop and implement solutions that allow them to meet their specific product performance objectives. Customer demand drives our business. For example, our JTAG test port, which is now an option on all of our recently introduced synchronous SRAM products, was initially developed at the request of one of our major end-users. In addition, in response to feedback from a number of our end-users, we developed a new SRAM architecture, SigmaRAM, to address near term needs, we offer critical specification variations, such as special operating ranges or wire bond options on currently available products, while we also design new families of products to meet their speed, power and cost requirements.emerging long term needs. As a consequence, our portfolio not only includes the widest select of catalog parts available, it also includes an extensive list of custom, customer-specific products. This degree of responsiveness enables us to provide our OEM customers with the Very Fast SRAMs required for their applications.

                              Accelerate End-Users' Time-to-Market.Accelerated Time-to-market.    Our extensive open libraries of design expertise and flexibility, reusable intellectual property and flexible manufacturing capabilities enablesupport tools as well as our ability to deliver the specific device required for system prototyping with very short notice enables networking and telecommunication OEMs to createdesign and introduce differentiated products quickly andas well as to reduce their product design cyclesdevelopment costs. Our open libraries give designers access 24 hours a day, seven days a week to electrical and behavioral simulation models. Behavioral models are offered in both Verilog and VHDL format to better fit different customers' simulation environments, further streamlining the customers' development costs.process.

                      40



                      For example, anticipating the needs of our end-users, we were first to market a 72 bit wide SRAM which we believe enabled our OEM customers to accelerate their introduction of next generation products.

                              Quality and Reliability.    Networking and telecommunications equipment typically have long product lives. Generally,lives, and the cost to repair or replace this equipment due to product failure at any time is prohibitively expensive. Thus, high qualityThe high-quality and reliability of Very Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM ICsSRAMs incorporated in our end-users'OEM customers' products is, thus, critical. We comprehensively test all of our products at a wide range of extreme hotEvery product family we offer is subjected to extensive long term reliability



                      testing before receiving qualification certification, and cold temperatures,every Very Fast SRAM shipped is first subjected to burn-in and then to final tests in addition to performing burn-in, to help assure high levels of qualitywhich the SRAM is operated beyond its specified operating voltage and reliability.temperature ranges.


                      The GSI Strategy

                              Our objective is to becomeprofitably increase our market share in the leading provider ofVery Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAMs.SRAM market. Our strategy includes the following key elements:

                              Continue to Focus on the Networking and Telecommunications Markets.    We intend to continue to focus on designing and developing low latency, high performance Fastbandwidth and Ultra-Fast SRAM ICsfeature-rich memory products targeted primarily at the networking and telecommunications markets. Increasing network complexity due to higher traffic volume and more advanced traffic content continues to drive OEMs' demand for high performancehigh-performance Very Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM ICs.SRAMs. We believe our advanced circuit designactive high-performance SRAM development and manufacturing expertise provideswill continue to allow us to provide networking and telecommunications OEMs with the early access to next generation technologies,Very Fast SRAMs that offer superior performance, advanced feature sets and continued high reliability, thereby enablingwhich they need to allow them to design and develop higher performancenew products that support increasingly complex traffic content and to bring networking and telecommunications equipment to market quickly.

                              Collaborate with Wafer Foundries to Leverage Leading-Edge Process Technologies.Strengthen and Expand Customer Relationships.    We believeare focused on maintaining close relationships with industry leaders to facilitate rapid adoption of our products and to enhance our position as a leading provider of high-performance Very Fast SRAM. We work with both our customers and with their non-memory integrated circuit, or IC, suppliers that advanced complementary metal oxide semiconductor, or CMOS, technologies, the most commonly used process technologies for manufacturing semiconductor devices, are important to future advances in Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM ICs. Our most advanced Ultra-Fast SRAM ICs are designed using 90 nanometer geometry process technologies and 300 millimeter wafers to deliver higher performance and lower costs for our end-users.require high-performance memory support. We intend towill continue to collaborate closelywork with wafer foundriesboth groups at the pre-design and design stage of their projects in order to leverage leading-edge process technologies which we believe will provide usanticipate their future high-performance memory needs and to identify and respond to their immediate requests for currently available products and variants on currently available products. We plan to enhance our relationships with costthose leading OEMs and other competitive advantages.IC vendors and to develop similar relationships with additional OEMs and IC vendors.

                              Continue to Invest in Research and Development to Extend Our Technology Leadership.    We believe we have established a position as a technology leader in the design and development of Very Fast and Ultra-FastSRAMs. Our Very Fast SRAM ICs. For example, we designed and were the first to provide SigmaRAM, which at the time of introduction provided the highest data rate available for the networking and telecommunications markets. Additionally, we believe our Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM solutions consistentlyproducts most often provide the highest speed available at a given density for a given density. The increasing bandwidth requirements of networking and telecommunications equipment require Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM ICs with increased speed, lower power consumption and increased functionality.device configuration. We intend to maintain and advance our technology leadership through continual enhancement of our existing Very Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM products, andparticularly our SigmaQuad family of low latency, high-bandwidth synchronous SRAMs while we continue to broaden our product line with the introduction of other new products.Very Fast SRAMs.

                              Focus on Industry-Leading OEMs.Collaborate with Wafer Foundries to Leverage Leading-edge Process Technologies.    ManyWe will continue to rely upon advanced complementary metal oxide semiconductor, or CMOS, technologies, the most commonly used process technologies for manufacturing semiconductor devices, from TSMC, to manufacture our products and will continue to provide TSMC with the sort of in-depth feedback for yield and performance improvement that can best come from very large array structures like those found on our products. Our most advanced products currently in production were designed using 90 nanometer process technology on 300 millimeter wafers. We intend to continue to collaborate closely with TSMC in the end-usersrefinement of 65 nanometer process technology.

                              Exploit New Market Opportunities.    While we design our Very Fast SRAMs specifically for the networking and communications sections, our products are industry-leading networkingapplicable across a wide range of industries and telecommunications OEMs.applications. We are focused on developing close relationshipshave recently experienced significant growth in both the defense and medical markets and intend to continue penetrating these and other new markets with industry leaders to facilitate rapid adoption of our products and to maintain our position as a leading provider of high performance Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAMs. We work with our end-users at the pre-design and design stage to identify and respond to their requestssimilar needs for current and future generations of products. We plan to enhance our relationships with leading OEMs and identify opportunities to develop similar relationships with additional networking and telecommunications OEMs.high-performance memory technologies.

                      41



                                    Leverage Our Core Strengths to Develop Other Product Lines.    We intend to leverage our advanced design capabilities and innovative design architecture in Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAMs to develop new product lines in the networking and telecommunications markets. For example, we are developing a channelized OC-3 processor that incorporates 16 megabits of SRAM. OC-3 is the industry standard for optical transmission at rates of 155 megabits per second, and is typically used at the access switching point of the network. When completed, we believe this will be the first low-power, single IC solution capable of simultaneously processing multiple types of traffic with OC-3 bandwidth.


                      Products

                              We design, develop and market a broad range of high performancehigh-performance Very Fast SRAMs primarily for the networking and telecommunications markets. We specialize in Very Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAMs withfeaturing high density, low latency, high bandwidth, fast clock access times and low power consumption. We currently offer more than 30 basic product configurations whichof our SRAMs based on their basic product type and their storage densities. We continue to offer products for longer periods of time than our competitors, typically seven years or more following their initial introduction. Accordingly, we continue to offer products in a variety of package types that have been discontinued by other suppliers. Our current product configurations are as follows:

                      Synchronous Burst

                      Product Type and Storage Density

                      Clock Frequency
                      Clock Access Time
                      Operating Voltage
                      72Mb300-133 MHz2.3-4.0 ns3.3/2.5/1.8 V

                      36Mb


                      250-133 MHz


                      2.5-4.0 ns


                      3.3/2.5/1.8 V

                      18Mb


                      250-150 MHz


                      2.5-4.0 ns


                      3.3/2.5/1.8 V

                      9Mb


                      333-150��MHz


                      2.0-3.8 ns


                      3.3/2.5/1.8 V

                      4Mb


                      190-100 MHz


                      3.0-4.5 ns


                      3.3 V

                      2Mb


                      180-66 MHz


                      3.2-6.0 ns


                      3.3 V

                      Synchronous No Bus Turnaround

                      Product Type and Storage Density

                      Clock Frequency
                      Clock Access Time
                      Operating Voltage
                      72Mb300-133 MHz2.3-4.0 ns3.3/2.5/1.8 V

                      36Mb


                      250-133 MHz


                      2.5-4.0 ns


                      3.3/2.5/1.8 V

                      18Mb


                      250-150 MHz


                      2.5-4.0 ns


                      3.3/2.5/1.8 V

                      9Mb


                      333-150 MHz


                      2.5-3.8 ns


                      3.3/2.5/1.8 V

                      4Mb


                      180-100 MHz


                      3.2-4.5 ns


                      3.3 V

                      Register-to-register Late Write

                      Product Type and Storage Density

                      Clock Frequency
                      Clock Access Time
                      Operating Voltage
                      18Mb357-200 MHz1.4-2.0 ns2.5/1.8 V

                      SigmaRAM

                      Product Type and Storage Density

                      Clock Frequency
                      Clock Access Time
                      Operating Voltage
                      Late Write 18Mb350-250 MHz1.7-2.1 ns1.8 V

                      Double Late Write 18Mb


                      350-250 MHz


                      1.7-2.1 ns


                      1.8 V

                      Double Data Rate 18Mb


                      333-200 MHz


                      1.8-2.1 ns


                      1.8 V

                      SigmaQuad-I

                      Product Type and Storage Density

                      Clock Frequency
                      Clock Access Time
                      Operating Voltage
                      18Mb250-100 MHz2.3-3.0 ns2.5/1.8 V

                      SigmaQuad-II

                      Product Type and Storage Density

                      Clock Frequency
                      Clock Access Time
                      Operating Voltage
                      72Mb333-167 MHz0.45-0.5 ns1.8 V

                      36Mb


                      333-167 MHz


                      0.45-0.5 ns


                      1.8 V

                      18Mb


                      200-133 MHz


                      0.45-0.5 ns


                      2.5/1.8 V

                      SigmaCIO DDR-II

                      Product Type and Storage Density

                      Clock Frequency
                      Clock Access Time
                      Operating Voltage
                      72Mb333-167 MHz0.45-0.5 ns1.8 V

                      36Mb


                      333-167 MHz


                      0.45-0.5 ns


                      1.8 V

                      SigmaSIO DDR-II

                      Product Type and Storage Density

                      Clock Frequency
                      Clock Access Time
                      Operating Voltage
                      72Mb333-167 MHz0.45-0.5 ns1.8 V

                      36Mb


                      333-167 MHz


                      0.45-0.5 ns


                      1.8 V

                      18Mb


                      200-167 MHz


                      0.45-0.5 ns


                      1.8 V

                      High-Speed Asynchronous

                      Product Type and Storage Density

                      Address Access
                      Time

                      Operating Voltage
                      8Mb8-12 ns3.3 V

                      6Mb


                      8-12 ns


                      3.3 V

                      4Mb


                      8-12 ns


                      3.3 V

                      3Mb


                      8-12 ns


                      3.3 V

                      2Mb


                      7-12 ns


                      3.3 V

                      1.5Mb


                      8-15 ns


                      3.3 V

                      1Mb


                      7-12 ns


                      3.3 V

                              The foregoing product configurations are the basis for over 2,5008,500 individual products.products that incorporate a variety of performance specifications and optional features. Our products are usedcan be found in a wide range of networking and telecommunications equipment, including multi-service access routers, universal gateways, enterprise edge routers, service provider edge routers, optical edge routers, fast Ethernet switches, gigabit Ethernet switches, wireless base stations, ADSL modems, wireless local area network infrastructure equipment, wireless base stationsnetworks, Internet Protocol phones and network accessOC192 layer 2 switches. We also sell our products to OEMs that manufacture products for defense applications such as radar and guidance systems, for professional audio applications such as sound mixing systems, for test and measurement applications such as high-speed testers, for automotive applications such as smart cruise control and voice recognition systems, and for medical applications such as ultrasound and CAT scan equipment.



                      Synchronous SRAM Products

                              Synchronous SRAMs are controlled by timing signals, referred to as clocks, which enablemake them easier to use than older style asynchronous SRAMS with similar latency characteristics in applications requiring high bandwidth data transfers. Synchronous SRAMs that employ double data rate interface protocols can transfer data at speeds that are generally fastermuch higher bandwidth than both single data rate and asynchronous SRAMs. Our single data rate synchronous SRAMs feature clock access speedstimes as fastshort as 2 nanoseconds and our double data rate synchronous SRAMs have clock access times as fast as 0.45 nanoseconds. Today, we supply synchronous SRAMs that can cycle at operating frequencies of 333 megahertz, oras high as 357 MHz.

                              Burst and NBT SRAMs.    We currently offer BurstRAMBurstRAMs and no-bus turnaround,No Bus Turnaround, or NBT, varieties ofSRAMs that implement a single data rate bus protocol. BurstRAMs were originally developed for microprocessor cache applications and have become the most widely used synchronous SRAMs. BurstRAMsSRAM on the market. They are used in applications where large amounts of data are read or written in single sessions, or bursts, whilebursts. NBT SRAMs facilitate alternateare a variation on the BurstRAM theme that were developed to address the needs of moderate performance networking applications. NBT SRAMs feature a single data rate bus protocol designed to minimize or eliminate wasted data transfer time slots on the bus when BurstRAMs switch from read andto write traffic without delay cycles. Theoperations. Both families of products can perform burst protocol is programmable in lineardata transfers or interleaved addressing modes which makessingle cycle transfers at the faster burst SRAMs suitable for cache memory applications, whilediscretion of the NBT protocol is critical for processing high speed data streams.user.

                              Most of our synchronous SRAM productsOur BurstRAMs and NBT SRAMs are offered in both pipeline and flow throughflow-through modes. Flow throughFlow-through SRAMs allow the shortest read latency, which is the delay from the beginning of a read command until valid data out is delivered.latency. Pipelined SRAMs break the access into discrete clock-controlled steps, allowing new access commands to be accepted while an access is already in progress. Therefore, while flow throughflow-through SRAMs offer lower latency, pipelined SRAMs offer greater data bandwidth.

                                    Burst and NBT SRAMs. Our BurstRAM and NBT SRAM products incorporate a number of features that reduce our end-users'OEM customers' cost of ownership and increase their design flexibility. These proprietary features includeflexibility, including a JTAG test port named for the IEEE Joint Test Action Group, which enables post assembly verification of the connection betweenand our ICs and the system board, thereby allowing our customers to more rapidly develop, test and ship their products. Additionally, we offer our FLXDrive™FLXDrive feature, which allows system designers to optimize signal performanceintegrity for a given requirement.application.

                              We currently offer burstBurstRAMs and NBT SRAMs with storage densities of up to 72 megabits with a cycle rateclock frequency of up to 333 MHz and clock access times as fast as 2 nanoseconds that operate at 3.3, 2.5 or 1.8 volts.

                              SigmaQuad Products.    High-performance quad data rate synchronous SRAMs have become the de facto standard for the networking and telecommunications industry. We offer a full line of quad data rate SRAMs, our SigmaQuad family. Quad data rate SRAMs are separate input/output, or I/O, synchronous SRAMs that features two independent double data rate data ports (two data ports times double data rate transfers equals quad data rate) controlled via a single address and control port. We offer our SigmaQuad devices in two different bus protocol versions, two different power supply and interface voltage versions, with two different data burst length options, all under the name SigmaQuad or SigmaQuad-II. In addition, the family also includes derivative products including a family of common I/O (a single bi-directional data port) double data rate SRAMs known as SigmaCIO DDR-II SRAMs and a smaller family of double data rate separate I/O SRAMs designed to address some segments of the market currently served by dual-port SRAMs, known as SigmaSIO DDR-II SRAMs.

                              We currently offer SigmaQuad products in three storage densities, 18 megabits, 36 megabits and 72 megabits, with clock frequency rates up to 333 MHz and clock access times as fast as 0.45 nanoseconds, that operate at voltages of 2.5 and 1.8 volts.

                      SigmaRAM Products.    We offer a family of high-performance, low voltage, HSTL, or high speed transceiver logic, I/O synchronous SRAM products based on ourthe SigmaRAM architecture, which are designed for use on large format printed circuit boards common in many networking and telecommunication equipment.products. These ICsSRAMs utilize a unique architecture that provides the capability to incorporate the full range of popular SRAM functionality, including late write and double late write



                      protocols, pipelined read cycles, burst NBT,data transfers, and double data rate read and write data transfers in common input/output, or I/O format. Our SigmaRAM products are characterized by very fast access time, high cycle rates, low power and high density. To meet the

                      42



                      demands of high performance equipment, the IC must execute fast, random, multiple reads and change from reads to writes in one clock cycle.

                              We currently offer SigmaRAM products with a varietystorage density of storage densities from 18 to 36 megabits, and speeds of up to 333350 MHz and clock access times as fast as 21.7 nanoseconds that operate at 1.8 volts.

                                    SigmaQuad Products.    We have introduced a new family of synchronous SRAMs, the SigmaQuad family, which is currently in the product sampling stage. This family features separate I/O which enables reads and writes in the same clock cycles, resulting in significantly higher output. We expect to begin shipment of our SigmaQuad products in fiscal 2005.

                      Asynchronous SRAM Products

                              Unlike synchronous SRAMs, asynchronous SRAMs employ a clock-free control interface. They are widely used in support of high-end DSPs, or digital signal processors.processors, or DSPs. We believe we have one of the broadest portfolios of 3.3 volt, high speedhigh-speed asynchronous SRAMs. These products are designed to meet the stringent power and performance requirements of networking and telecommunications applications, such as VoIP, cellular base stations, DSL line cards and modems.

                              We currently offer asynchronous SRAM products with a variety of storage densities between 256 kilobits1 megabits and 8 megabits and random access times ranging from 7 nanoseconds to 1215 nanoseconds. All of our asynchronous SRAMs operate at 3.3 volts.

                              We intend to regularly introduce new products with high-performance advanced features of increasing complexity. These product solutions will require us to achieve volume production in a rapid timeframe. We believe that by using the advanced technologies offered by our fabrication partner and its expertise in high-volume manufacturing, we can rapidly achieve volume production. However, lead times for materials and components we order vary significantly and depend on such factors as the specific supplier, contract terms and demand for a component at a given time.


                      Customers

                              Our primary sales and marketing strategy is to achieve design wins with end-users of our products,OEM customers who are leading networking and telecommunications companies that incorporate our Fast and Ultra-Fast SRAM ICs into their networking equipment.companies. The following is a representative list of our end-users whoOEM customers that have directly or indirectly purchased more than $350,000$400,000 of our products since April 1, 2003:in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006:

                      3ComAgilent Technologies LucentHuawei Technologies
                      ADC Telecommunications 
                      AlcatelMarconi
                      AvayaAlcatel-Lucent Nortel Networks
                      Agere Systems 
                      Cisco Systems QLogic
                      DLink SystemsTerayon Communications Systems
                      Huawei TechnologiesZTE CorporationTekelec

                              Many of our end-usersOEM customers use contract manufacturers to manufactureassemble their equipment. Accordingly, a significant percentage of our net revenues areis derived from direct sales to these contract manufacturers and to consignedconsignment warehouses who purchase products from us for use by contract manufacturers. In addition, we use foreign and domestic distributors to sell our products to networking and telecommunications end-users, as well as theirOEM customers indirectly through domestic and international distributors.

                              In the case of sales of our products to distributors and consignment warehouses, the decision to purchase our products is typically made by the OEM customers. In the case of contract manufacturers.manufacturers, OEM customers typically provide a list of approved products to the contract manufacturer, which then has discretion whether or not to purchase our products from that list.

                              Direct sales to contract manufacturers and consignment warehouses accounted for 38.5% of our net revenues during the nine months ended December 31, 2003,38.8%, 38.8%, 35.0% and 39.3% and 31.7%35.9% of our net revenues for fiscal 20032004, 2005 and 2002,2006, and for the six months ended September 30, 2006, respectively. Sales to foreign and domestic distributors accounted for 46.6% of our net revenues during the nine months ended December 31, 2003,46.8%, 49.7%, 55.7% and 40.0% and 40.1%55.7% of our net revenues for fiscal 20032004, 2005 and 2002,2006, and for the six months ended September 30, 2006, respectively.

                      43




                              For the periods indicated below, theThe following direct customers accounted for 10% or more of our net revenues:revenues in one or more of the following periods:



                       Year Ended
                      March 31,

                       
                       Fiscal Year Ended
                      March 31,

                       Six Months Ended
                      September 30,

                       


                       2001
                       2002
                       2003
                       
                       2004
                       2005
                       2006
                       2005
                       2006
                       
                      Contract Manufacturers:       

                      Celestica

                       


                       


                       

                      21.5

                      %
                      Flextronics 16.8%18.6% 
                      Consignment warehouses:Consignment warehouses:           
                      Solectron 10.4  10.2 SMART Modular Technologies 27.1%31.8%27.3%25.4%30.3%

                      Distributors:

                      Distributors:

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                      Distributors:           

                      Avnet Logistics

                       


                       

                      12.2

                       


                       
                      Avnet Logistics 32.0 32.5 30.4 34.7 24.9 
                      Impact   13.4 Nu Horizons 3.0 6.1 10.3 8.6 8.1 

                              Cisco Systems, theour largest end-user ofOEM customer, purchases our products accounted forprimarily through its consignment warehouse, SMART Modular Technologies, and also purchases some products through its contract manufacturers and directly from us. Based on information provided to us by Cisco Systems' consignment warehouses, and contract manufacturers, purchases by Cisco Systems ranged from approximately one quarter27% to one third32% of our net revenues forin each of the ninepast three fiscal years and in the six months ended December 31, 2003, fiscal 2003, fiscal 2002, and fiscal 2001. Cisco purchases our products directly, through our distributors and through its contract manufacturer and consigned warehouses.September 30, 2006.


                      Sales, Marketing and Technical Support

                              We sell our products primarily through our worldwide network of independent sales representatives and distributors. As of April 1, 2004,September 30, 2006, we employed 16 sales and marketing personnel, and usedare supported by over 200 independent sales representatives. We intendhave recently entered into an arrangement with Arrow Electronics, a leading distributor, to distribute our products in the U.S. market. We believe that this new relationship, along with our two other U.S. distributors, Avnet and Nu Horizons, puts us in a strong position to address the Very Fast SRAM market in the U.S. In addition, to expand our direct sales and technical support organization as well as our independentinternational business, we have recently entered into new agreements with sales representatives and distributor channelsdistributors in Japan and Europe that we believe will enable us to better serveincrease our end-users.market share in these important markets. We currently have regional sales offices located in Canada, China, Italy and the United States. We believe this international coverage allows us to better serve our distributors and end-usersOEM customers by providing them with coordinated support. We believe that our customers' purchasing decisions are based primarily on time-to-market, product performance, availability, features, productquality, reliability, performance,price, manufacturing flexibility service and cost.service. Many of our end-usersOEM customers have had long-term relationships with us based on our success in meeting these criteria.

                              Our sales are generally made pursuant to purchase orders received between one and six months prior to the scheduled delivery date. Because industry practice allows customers to reschedule or cancel orders on relatively short notice, these orders are not firm and hence we believe that backlog is not a good indicator of our future sales. We typically provide a warranty of up to 36 months on our products. Liability for a stated warranty period is usually limited to replacement of defective products.

                              Our marketing efforts are focused on increasing brand name awareness and providing solutions that address our customers' needs. Key components of our marketing efforts include maintaining an active role in industry standards committees, such as the JEDEC Solid State Technology Association (formerly the Joint Electron Device Engineering Council), or JEDEC, which is responsible for establishing detailed specifications, which can be utilized in future system designs. We believe that our participation in and sponsorship of numerous proposals within these committees such as NBT, JTAG and SigmaRAM, have increased our profile among leading manufacturers in the networking and telecommunications segment of the Very Fast SRAM market. Our marketing group also provides technical, strategic and tactical sales support to our direct sales personnel, sales representatives and distributors. This support includes in-depth product presentations, datasheets, application notes, softwaresimulation models, sales tools, pricing, marketing communications, marketing research, trademark administration and other support functions.



                              We emphasize customer service and technical support in an effort to provide our end-usersOEM customers with the knowledge and resources necessary to successfully use our products in their designs. Our customer service usesorganization includes a technical team of applications engineers, technical marketing personnel and,

                      44



                      when required, product design engineers. We provide customer support throughout the qualification and sales process and continue providing follow-up service after the sale of our products and on an ongoing basis. In addition, we provide our end-usersOEM customers with comprehensive data sheets,datasheets, application notes and reference designs.

                                    Our sales are made primarily pursuant to standard purchase orders. Because industry practice allows customers to reschedule or cancel orders on relatively short notice, these orders are not firm and hence we believe that backlog is not a good indicator of our future sales.


                      Manufacturing

                              We outsource our wafer fabrication, to independent foundries, and we outsource our assembly and mosta majority of our testing, to subcontractors, which enables us to focus on our design strengths, minimize fixed costs and capital expenditures and gain access to advanced manufacturing technologies. Our engineers work closely with our foundries and subcontractorsoutsource partners to increase yields, lowerreduce manufacturing costs, and help assure the quality of our products.

                              Currently, all of our wafers are manufactured by TSMC and WaferTech. WaferTech is a subsidiary of TSMC. These foundries also fabricate products for other companies. We purchase products from our foundries under individually negotiated purchase orders. We do not currently have a long-term supply contract with TSMC, or WaferTech, and therefore, neither TSMC or WaferTech is not obligated to manufacture products for us for any specified period, in any specified quantity or at any specified price, except as may be provided in a particular purchase order. Our future success depends in part on our ability to secure sufficient capacity at ourTSMC or other independent foundries to supply us with the wafers we require.

                              Most of our products are implemented using 0.150.13 micron and 0.25 micron geometry90 nanometer process technologies from TSMC that were refined and enhanced with our assistance to provide the stability and performance needed to allow us to offer all of our products in both commercial and industrial temperature versions. We have also worked with TSMC to migrate several of our high volume products to a 0.13 micron geometryon 300 millimeter wafers using process technology which has allowed us to further increase device performance, lower power consumption and to reduce costs.developed by TSMC. We currently have fourfive separate product families on thisin production using the 0.13 micron process. In addition, we are currently developing theOur 72 megabit SigmaQuad and 72 megabit synchronous BurstRAM and NBT SRAM products are currently manufactured using 90 nanometer geometryprocess technology. We expect to introduce our 36 megabit SigmaQuad using 90 nanometer process technology in the first calendar quarter of 2007. We are also developing new synchronous SRAMs using 65 nanometer process technology.

                              We intendOur master die methodology enables multiple product families, and variations thereof, to regularly introduce newbe manufactured from a single mask set. As a result, based upon the way available die from a wafer are metalized, wire bonded, packaged and tested, we can create a number of different products. The manufacturing process consists of two phases, the first of which takes approximately eight to twelve weeks and results in wafers that have the potential to yield multiple products with high performance advanced featureswithin a given product family. After the completion of increasing complexity. Thesethis phase, the wafers are stored pending customer orders. Once we receive orders for a particular product, solutions will requirewe perform the second phase, consisting of final wafer processing, assembly, burn-in and test, which takes approximately six to ten weeks to complete. This two-step manufacturing process enables us to achieve volume production in a rapid timeframe. We believe that by using the advanced technologies offered bysignificantly shorten our fabrication partners and their expertise in high volume manufacturing, we can rapidly achieve volume production. However,product lead times, providing flexibility for materialscustomization and components we order vary significantly and depend on such factors asto increase the specific supplier, contract terms and demand for a component at a given time.availability of our products.

                              All of our manufactured wafers are tested for electrical compliance and most are packaged at Advanced Semiconductor Engineering, or ASE, which is located in Taiwan. Our test procedures require that all of our products arebe subjected to accelerated burn-in and extensive functional electrical testing, most of which occur at ASE TestSigurd Microelectronics Co. and Advantech Semiconductor Inc. Additionally, weKing Yuan Electronics Company. We perform testing for most of our low volume products in-house.in-house at our Santa Clara, California and our Taiwan facilities.


                      Research and Development

                              The design process for our products is complex. As a result, we have made substantial investments in computer-aided design and engineering resources to manage our design process. Investments in researchResearch and development expenses were $6.2$2.4 million in the six months ended September 30, 2006, $5.4 million in fiscal 2003,2006, $4.8 million in fiscal 2002,2005 and $5.1$5.5 million in fiscal 2001.2004. Our research and development



                      staff includes engineering professionals

                      45



                      with extensive experience in the areas of SRAM IC design and systems level networking and telecommunications equipment design. Our current development focus is on the SigmaQuad SRAM family.

                              We are also leveraging our advanced design capabilities to expand into other networking and telecommunications products, including a channelized OC-3 processor that incorporates 1620 megabits of SRAM. When completed, we believe this will be the first low-power, single IC device solution capable of simultaneously processing multiple types of traffic with OC-3 bandwidth. We have established a design center in Norcross, Georgia, to focus on the development of these products.


                      Competition

                              Our existing competitors include many large domestic and international companies, some of which have substantially greater resources, broader product linesoffer other sorts of memory and/or non-memory technologies and may have longer standing relationships with end-usersOEM customers than we do. Unlike us, some of our principal competitors maintain their own semiconductor foundries andfabs, which may, therefore, benefit fromat times, provide them with capacity, cost and technical advantages.

                              Our principal competitors areinclude Cypress Semiconductor, Integrated Device Technology, Integrated Silicon Solution, NEC, Renesas and Samsung ElectronicsElectronics. While some of our competitors offer a broad array of memory products and Sony.offer some of their products at lower prices than we do, we believe that our focus on and performance leadership in low latency, high density Very Fast SRAMs provide us with key competitive advantages.

                              We believe that our ability to compete successfully in the rapidly evolving networking and telecommunications markets for Very Fast SRAM products depends on a number of factors, including:

                      We believe we compete favorably with our competitors based on these factors. However, we may not be able to compete successfully in the future with respect to any of these factors. Our failure to compete successfully in these or other areas could harm our business.

                              The networking and telecommunications segment of themarket for Very Fast SRAM marketproducts is competitive and is characterized by technological change, declining average selling prices and product obsolescence. We expect competition toCompetition could increase in the future from existing competitors and from other companies that may enter our existing or future markets with solutions that may be less costly or provide higher performance or more desirable features than our products. This increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced profit margins and loss of market share.


                      Intellectual Property

                              Our ability to compete successfully depends, in part, upon our ability to protect our proprietary technology and information. We have three patent applications pending in the United States and we rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, and trade secret laws, non-disclosure and other contractual arrangements and technical measures to protect some of our intellectual property. WeAlthough we hold three United States patents and have no assurancesten patent applications pending, we cannot assure you that any of our issued patents will be valuable to our business, or that any patents will issue on anyas a result of our pending applications, or that if such patents do issue, that they will be valuable to our business.applications. We believe that factors such as the



                      technological and creative skills of our personnel and the success of our ongoing product development efforts are more important in maintaining our competitive position. We generally enter into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, distributors, customers and potential customers and limit access to our proprietary information. Our intellectual property rights, if challenged, may not be upheld as valid, may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our technology or may not prevent the development of competitive products. Additionally, we may not be able to obtain patents or other intellectual property protection in the future. Furthermore, the laws of certain foreign countries in which our products are or may be developed, manufactured or sold, including various countries in Asia, may not protect our products or intellectual property rights to the

                      46



                      same extent as do the laws of the United States and thus make the possibility of piracy of our technology and products more likely in these countries.

                              The semiconductor industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights, which have resulted in significant and often protracted and expensive litigation. We or our foundriesfoundry from time to time are notified of claims that we may be infringing patents or other intellectual property rights owned by third parties. We have been subject to intellectual property claims in the past and we may be subject to additional claims and litigation in the future. Litigation by or against us relating to allegations of patent infringement or other intellectual property matters could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, whether or not such litigation results in a determination favorable to us. In the event of an adverse result in any such litigation, we could be required to pay substantial damages, cease the manufacture, use and sale of infringing products, expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology, discontinue the use of certain processes or obtain licenses to the infringing technology. Licenses may not be offered or the terms of any offered licenses may not be acceptable to us. If we fail to obtain a license from a third party for technology used by us, we could incur substantial liabilities and be required to suspend the manufacture of products or the use by our foundriesfoundry of certain processes.


                      Pending Litigation

                              On October 23, 2006, we were served with a civil antitrust complaint filed by Reclaim Center, Inc. and other plaintiffs in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against the Company and a number of other semiconductor companies. The complaint was filed on behalf of a purported class of indirect purchasers of SRAM products throughout the United States. The complaint alleges that the defendants conspired to raise the price of SRAM in violation of Section 1 of the Sherman Act, the California Cartwright Act, and several other state antitrust, unfair competition and consumer protection statutes. Shortly thereafter, a number of similar complaints were filed by other plaintiffs in various jurisdictions on behalf of purported classes of both direct and indirect purchasers. We have been served in some but not all of these subsequent actions. We believe that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations in the complaints, and we intend to defend these lawsuits vigorously. However, the litigation is in the preliminary stage and we cannot predict its outcome. The litigation process is inherently uncertain. Multidistrict antitrust litigation is particularly complex and can extend for a protracted time, which can substantially increase the cost of such litigation. The defense of these lawsuits is also expected to divert the efforts and attention of some of our key management and technical personnel. As a result, our defense of this litigation, regardless of its eventual outcome, will likely be costly and time consuming. Should the outcome of the litigation be adverse to us, we could be required to pay significant monetary damages, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

                      Employees

                              As of April 1, 2004,September 30, 2006, we had 98100 full-time employees.employees, of which 42 are engineers, of which 21 are in research and development and 23 have PhD or MS degrees, 16 employees in sales and



                      marketing, eight employees are in general and administrative capacities and 52 employees are in manufacturing. Of these employees, 36 are based in our Santa Clara facility and 42 are based in our Taiwan facility. We believe that our future success will depend in large part on our ability to attract and retain highly-skilled, engineering, managerial, sales and marketing personnel. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining unit, and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe that our employee relations are good.


                      Facilities

                              Our executive offices, our principal administration, marketing and sales operations and a portion of our research and development operations are located in approximately 14,10020,300 square feet of leased space in Santa Clara, California, which we occupy under a lease expiring in June 2005.May 2010. We believe that our Santa Clara facility is adequate for our needs for the foreseeable future. In addition, we lease approximately 5,00015,250 square feet in Taiwan to support our manufacturing activities. This lease expires in September 2004 and we intend to lease a larger facility in Taiwan prior to such expiration. We also lease space in Georgia, North Carolina and Texas. The aggregate annual gross rent for our facilities was approximately $567,000$537,000 in fiscal 2003.2006.



                      MANAGEMENT

                      Executive Officers and Directors

                              The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers and directors as of MarchDecember 31, 2004:2006:

                      Name

                       Age
                       Title
                      Lee-Lean Shu 4951 President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
                      David Chapman 4851 Vice President, Marketing
                      Didier Lasserre 3942 Vice President, Sales
                      LeonSuengliang (Leon) Lee 5053 Vice President, TelecommunicationTelecommunications Division
                      Douglas Schirle 4951 Chief Financial Officer
                      Bor-Tay Wu 5154 Vice President, Taiwan Operations
                      Ping Wu 4749 Vice President, U.S. Operations
                      Robert Yau 5053 Vice President, Engineering, Secretary and Director
                      Hsiang-Wen Chen(1)(2)(3) 5659 Director
                      Ruey L. Lu(1)(2)(3) 4851 Director
                      Jing Rong Tang(1)(2)(3)Tang 4951 Director

                      (1)
                      Member of the audit committee.

                      (2)
                      Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

                      (3)
                      Member of the compensation committee.

                              Lee-Lean Shu co-founded our company in March 1995 and has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our Board of Directors since inception. In October 2000, Mr. Shu became Chairman of our Board. From January 1995 to March 1995, Mr. Shu was Director, SRAM Design at Sony Microelectronics Corporation, a semiconductor company and a subsidiary of Sony Corporation, and from July 1990 to January 1995, he was a design manager at Sony Microelectronics Corporation.

                              David Chapman has served as our Vice President, Marketing since July 2002. From November 1998 to June 2002, Mr. Chapman served as our Director of Strategic Marketing and Applications Engineering. From February 1988 to OctoberNovember 1998, Mr. Chapman served in various product planning and applications engineering management capacities in the Memory Operation division and later the Fast SRAM division of Motorola Semiconductor Product Sector, Motorola, Inc., an electronics manufacturer. Mr. Chapman has been a member of JEDEC since 1985, and served as Chairman of its SRAM committee in 1999.

                              Didier Lasserre has served as our Vice President, Sales since July 2002. From November 1997 to July 2002, Mr. Lasserre served as our Director of Sales for the Western United States and Europe. From July 1996 to October 1997, Mr. Lasserre was an account manager at Solectron Corporation, a provider of electronics manufacturing services. From June 1988 to July 1996, Mr. Lasserre was a field sales engineer at Cypress Semiconductor, a semiconductor company.

                              LeonSuengliang (Leon) Lee has served as our Vice President, Telecommunications Division since December 1999. From July 1996 to November 1999, Mr. Lee was Director of ATM equipment designEngineering at Lucent Technologies, a telecommunications equipment company. From May 1988October 1993 to June 1996, Mr. Lee was an engineering manager of cable phone headend design and system integration at Nortel Networks, a telecommunications equipment manufacturer.

                              Douglas Schirle has served as our Chief Financial Officer since August 2000. From June 1999 to August 2000, Mr. Schirle served as our Corporate Controller. From March 1997 to June 1999, Mr. Schirle was the Corporate Controller at Pericom Semiconductor Corporation, a provider of digital

                      48




                      and mixed signal integrated circuits. From November 1996 to February 1997, Mr. Schirle was Vice President, Finance for Paradigm Technology, a manufacturer of SRAMs, and from December 1993 to October 1996, he was the Controller for Paradigm Technology. Mr. Schirle was formerly a certified public accountant.

                              Bor-Tay Wu has served as our Vice President, Taiwan Operations since January 1997. From January 1995 to December 1996, Mr. Wu was a design manager at Atalent, an IC design company in Taiwan.

                              Ping Wu has served as our Vice President, U.S. Operations since February 2004. From July 1999 to January 2004, Mr. Wu served as our Director of Operations. From July 1997 to June 1999, Mr. Wu served as Vice President of Operations at Scan Vision, a semiconductor manufacturer.

                              Robert Yau co-founded our company in March 1995 and has served as our Vice President, Engineering and as a member of our Board of Directors since inception. From December 1993 to February 1995, Mr. Yau was design manager for specialty memory devices at Sony Microelectronics Corporation. From 1990 to 1993, Mr. Yau was design manager at MOSEL/VITELIC, a semiconductor company.

                              Hsiang-Wen Chen, Ph.D. has served as a member of our Board of Directors since January 1997. Dr. Chen has served as the Managing Director of Monet Capital, LLC, a venture capital firm, since January 2000. From January 1997 to October 1999, Dr. Chen served as our Vice President, Technology. From January 1987 to December 1996, Dr. Chen was the Director of Technology at Paradigm Technology. Dr. Chen also serves on the board of directors of several private companies.

                              Ruey L. Lu has served as a member of our Board of Directors since October 2000. Mr. Lu is the President of EMPIA Technology, a semiconductor solutions company, which he founded in JuneJanuary 2002. From March 1993 to December 2001,2000, Mr. Lu served as President of ARK Logic, a storage device and software applications company, which he founded in March 1993. From October 1989 to February 1993, Mr. Lu served as Director of Engineering in the Imaging Product Division of Western Digital, an information storage company.

                              Jing Rong Tang has served as a member of our Board of Directors since May 1995. Since 1994, Mr. Tang has served as the Chief Executive Officer of HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd., a manufacturer and distributor of electronic components. Mr. Tang has been with HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd. since June 1981.

                              There are no family relationships among any of our directors, officers or key employees.


                      Board of Directors

                              Upon completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes, as follows:

                                    Upon expiration ofaffairs are organized under the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which such term expires. Each director's term is subject to the election and qualification of his successor, or his earlier death, resignation or removal. The authorized number of directors may be changed by resolutiondirection of our Board of Directors, or a majority votewhich currently consists of the stockholders. Any increase or decrease in the number of

                      49



                      directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. Because no more than one-third of our Board may be elected at each annual meeting, this classificationfive members. The primary responsibilities of our Board of Directors may have the effectare to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. Each director will be subject to election at each annual meeting of delaying or preventing changes in control or management.stockholders.

                              Upon completion of the offering, a majority of the members ofIn January 2007, our Board of Directors will beundertook a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director had a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our Board of Directors determined that Messrs. Chen, Lu and Tang are "independent directors" as defined under the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market.Nasdaq.


                      Committees of the Board of Directors

                              Our Board of Directors has established three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Upon completion of the offering, eachEach member of



                      each of the foregoing committees will beis independent as defined under the rules of the Nasdaq StockGlobal Market.

                              Audit Committee.    The audit committee oversees, reviews and evaluates our financial statements, accounting and financial reporting processes, internal control functions and the audits of our financial statements. The audit committee is responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of our independent auditors. The members of our audit committee are Hsiang-Wen Chen Jing Rong Tang and Ruey L. Lu. Upon completion of this offering eachEach member of our audit committee will satisfysatisfies the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                              The composition of our audit committee does not currently comply with the applicable requirements of the Nasdaq and SEC rules and regulations in that we have two rather than three members of such committee. We anticipate that within one year of the date of this offering, the time required by applicable Nasdaq listing requirements, we will be in compliance with such requirements. While each member of the audit committee is "financially sophisticated," as defined in the Nasdaq listing requirements, our Board of Directors has determined that there is currently no "audit committee financial expert," as defined in SEC rules, serving on the audit committee. We are conducting a search for a person who qualifies as an audit committee financial expert who is willing to serve as a director and as a member of our audit committee.

                              Compensation Committee.    The compensation committee reviews and makes recommendations to our Board of Directors concerning the compensation and benefits of our executive officers and directors, administers our stock option and employee benefits plans, and reviews general policy relating to compensation and benefits. The members of our compensation committee are Jing Rong TangHsiang-Wen Chen and Ruey L. Lu.

                              Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.    The nominating and corporate governance committee identifies prospective board candidates, recommends nominees for election to our Board of Directors, develops and recommends board member selection criteria, considers committee member qualification, recommends corporate governance principles to the Board of Directors, and provides oversight in the evaluation of the Board of Directors and each committee. The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Hsiang-Wen Chen and Jing Rong Tang.Ruey L. Lu.


                      Director Compensation

                              Our directors do not currently receive cash compensation for their services as directors or members of committees of the Board of Directors. We plan to adopt a policy for the payment of cash compensation to our non-employee directors, to become effective upon the completion of this offering. In addition, upon completion of this offering, our non-employee directors will be granted an initial option for                  shares of our common stock on the day of his or her initial election or appointment to our Board of Directors, which option will become exercisable in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant. On the day of each annual meeting of stockholders, each nonemployeenon-employee director who remains in office immediately following the meeting will be granted an option to purchase                  shares of common stock, which will become fully vested and exercisable on the day immediately preceedingpreceding the date of the following annual meeting of stockholders, subject to the nonemployee director's continuous service on our Board of Directors. For additional information regarding director compensation, see "2004"2007 Equity Incentive Plan—Automatic Grant of Nonemployee Director Stock Options.Awards."

                      50




                      Compensation Committee InterlocksCode of Conduct and Insider Participation
                      Policy Regarding Reporting of Possible Violations

                              Our Board of Directors establishedhas adopted a code of conduct and policy regarding reporting of possible violations that establishes the standards of ethical conduct applicable to all directors, officers and



                      employees of our company. The code addresses, among other things, conflicts of interest, compliance with disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, corporate opportunities and confidentiality requirements. The chief executive officer, along with the Company's managers, are responsible for the overall implementation of and successful compliance with our code of conduct and policy regarding reporting of possible violations in situations where questions are presented to it.

                      Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

                              Ruey L. Lu and Jing Rong Tang served as members of our compensation committee in April 2004. Prior to establishing the compensation committee, our Board of Directors as a whole performed the functions delegated to the compensation committee.fiscal 2006. No member of our compensation committee and none of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has a relationship that would constitute an interlocking relationship with theone or more executive officers and directorsserving as a member of another entity.our Board of Directors or compensation committee.


                      Employment Agreements

                              We do not have employment agreements with any of our executive officers.

                      Employee Confidentiality Arrangements

                              We enter into agreements with all of our employees containing confidentiality provisions.

                      Executive Compensation

                              The following table provides the total compensation paid to our chief executive officer and our next four most highly-compensated executive officers for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004.2006. These executives are referred to as our named executive officers elsewhere in this prospectus.


                      Summary Compensation Table


                       Annual Compensation
                       Long Term
                      Compensation
                      Awards

                       Annual Compensation
                       Long Term
                      Compensation
                      Awards

                      Name and Principal Position

                       Salary
                       Other Annual
                      Compensation

                       Securities
                      Underlying
                      Options (#)

                       Salary
                       Bonus
                       Other Annual
                      Compensation

                       Securities
                      Underlying
                      Options (#)

                      Lee-Lean Shu
                      President and Chief Executive Officer
                       $189,492  123,750 $197,072 $  

                      David Chapman
                      Vice President, Marketing

                       

                      145,113

                       


                       

                      61,875
                       150,917   

                      Didier Lasserre
                      Vice President, Sales

                       

                      177,851

                       

                      $

                      5,400

                      (1)

                      61,875
                       184,965  $5,400(1)

                      Douglas Schirle
                      Chief Financial Officer

                       

                      139,517

                       


                       

                      41,250
                       145,098   

                      Robert Yau
                      Vice President, Engineering

                       

                      151,594

                       


                       

                      61,876
                       157,657   

                      (1)
                      Mr. Lasserre received a car allowance of $5,400.

                      51



                      Stock Options Grants in Fiscal 2006

                              No grants of stock options were made to any of the named executive officers in fiscal year 2006.



                      Aggregated Option Exercises in Fiscal 2006 and Option Values at March 31, 2006

                              The following table sets forth information regarding grants of stock options to each of the named executive officers during fiscal 2004. All of these options were granted under our 2000 stock option plan. The percentage of total options set forth below is based on an aggregate of 1,035,643 options granted to all employees during the fiscal year. All options were granted at the fair market value of our common stock, as determined by the Board of Directors on the date of grant. Hypothetical, potential realizable values are net of exercise price, but before taxes associated with exercise. Amounts represent hypothetical gains that could be achieved for the options if exercised at the end of the option term. The assumed 5% and 10% rates of stock price appreciation are provided in accordance with rules of the SEC and do not represent our estimate or projection of the future common stock price.


                      Option Grants in Fiscal 2004

                       
                        
                        
                        
                        
                       Potential Realizable
                      Value at Assumed
                      Annual Rates
                      of Stock Price
                      Appreciation for
                      Option Term

                       
                       Individual Grants
                       
                       Number of
                      Securities
                      Underlying
                      Options
                      Granted (#)

                        
                        
                        
                       
                       % of Total
                      Options Granted
                      to Employees in
                      Fiscal Year 2004

                        
                        
                      Name and Principal Position

                       Exercise
                      Price Per
                      Share

                       Expiration
                      Date

                       5%
                       10%
                      Lee-Lean Shu(1)
                      President and Chief Executive Officer
                       123,750 12.0%$2.10 7/15/13 $163,433 $414,173

                      David Chapman(2)
                      Vice President, Marketing

                       

                      41,250
                      20,625

                       

                      4.0
                      2.0

                       

                       

                      2.10
                      3.50

                       

                      7/15/13
                      12/15/13

                       

                       

                      54,478
                      45,399

                       

                       

                      138,058
                      115,048

                      Didier Lasserre(3)
                      Vice President, Sales

                       

                      41,250
                      20,625

                       

                      4.0
                      2.0

                       

                       

                      2.10
                      3.50

                       

                      7/15/13
                      12/15/13

                       

                       

                      54,478
                      45,399

                       

                       

                      138,058
                      115,048

                      Douglas Schirle(4)
                      Chief Financial Officer

                       

                      41,250

                       

                      4.0

                       

                       

                      2.10

                       

                      7/15/13

                       

                       

                      54,478

                       

                       

                      138,058

                      Robert Yau(5)
                      Vice President, Engineering

                       

                      61,876

                       

                      6.0

                       

                       

                      2.10

                       

                      7/15/13

                       

                       

                      81,718

                       

                       

                      207,090

                      (1)
                      61,875 shares vest on January 13, 2006, and 61,875 shares vest on January 13, 2007.

                      (2)
                      20,625 shares vest on November 9, 2005, and 20,625 shares vest on November 9, 2006. The 20,625 shares vest on November 9, 2007.

                      (3)
                      20,625 shares vest on November 3, 2005, and 20,625 shares vest on November 3, 2006. The 20,625 shares vest on November 3, 2007.

                      (4)
                      20,625 shares vest on June 3, 2006, and 20,625 shares vest on June 3, 2007.

                      (5)
                      30,938 shares vest on January 13, 2006, and 30,938 shares vest on January 13, 2007.

                      52


                      Aggregate Option Exercises in Fiscal 2004 and Option Values at March 31, 2004

                                    The following table sets forth the number of shares of common stock acquired and the value realized upon exercise of stock options during fiscal 2004 and the number of shares of common stock subject to exercisable and unexercisable options held as of March 31, 20042006 by each of the named executive officers. There were no exercise of options by any of the officers named in the Summary Compensation Table during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006.


                      Option Values at March 31, 2004
                      2006

                       
                        
                        
                       Number of Securities
                      Underlying Unexercised
                      Options at 3/31/04

                       Value of Unexercised
                      In-the-Money
                      Options at 3/31/04

                       
                       Number
                      of Shares
                      Acquired on
                      Exercise(#)

                        
                      Name and Principal
                      Position

                       Value
                      Realized(1)($)

                       Exercisable(#)
                       Unexercisable(#)
                       Exercisable($)
                       Unexercisable($)
                      Lee-Lean Shu
                      Chief Executive Officer and President
                       123,750   123,750 185,625    
                      David Chapman
                      Vice President, Marketing
                         137,813 94,688    
                      Didier Lasserre
                      Vice President, Sales
                       20,625   17,813 94,688    
                      Douglas Schirle
                      Chief Financial Officer
                         97,500 90,000    
                      Robert Yau
                      Vice President, Engineering
                       82,500   61,876 92,814    

                      (1)
                       
                       Number of Securities
                      Underlying Unexercised
                      Options at 3/31/06

                       Value of Unexercised
                      In-the-Money
                      Options at 3/31/06

                      Name and Principal Position

                       Exercisable(#)
                       Unexercisable(#)
                       Exercisable($)
                       Unexercisable($)
                      Lee-Lean Shu
                      Chief Executive Officer and President
                       247,500 61,875 $  $ 
                      David Chapman
                      Vice President, Marketing
                       183,751 48,750      
                      Didier Lasserre
                      Vice President, Sales
                       63,751 48,750      
                      Douglas Schirle
                      Chief Financial Officer
                       146,250 41,250      
                      Robert Yau
                      Vice President, Engineering
                       123,752 30,938      

                      The value of unexercised in-the-money options set forth above is calculated based on the deemed fair value of the underlying securities onat March 31, 2004, minus the exercise price. The value realized upon exercise2006 is based on the deemed fair value of the underlying securities on the date of exercise, minus the per share exercise price, multiplieddetermined by multiplying the number of shares acquiredissued or issuable upon exercise.

                      exercise of the option by the difference between an assumed initial public offering price of $                  per share and the per share option exercise price.


                      Stock Plans

                      1997 Stock Plan

                              In January 1997, our Board of Directors adopted and our stockholders approved the 1997 Stock Plan, or the 1997 Plan. A total of 8,450,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under this plan. As of March 31, 2004,September 30, 2006, there were outstanding under the 1997 Plan options to purchase 1,639,1021,428,827 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.42$1.56 per share. The 1997 Plan was terminated by the Board in October 2000.2000, and no additional options may be granted under the 1997 Plan. However, options granted under the 1997 Plan prior to its termination will remain outstanding until they are either exercised or expire on their terms.

                              Under the 1997 Plan, our employees and consultants, and those of any parent or subsidiary of ours, were eligible to receive nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights. Employees were also eligible to receive "incentive stock options," within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code. This plan is administered by our Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the 1997 Plan, the Board determined in its discretion the persons to whom and the times at which options and stock purchase rights were granted, the sizes of such awards, and all of their terms and conditions. All option and restricted stock awards are evidenced by a written agreement between us and the optionee. The Board may amend or reprice any option. The Board has the authority to construe and interpret the terms of the 1997 Plan and awards granted under it.

                      53



                              The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options granted under the 1997 Plan must be at least 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common



                      stock on the date of grant. In the case of any options granted to a person who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or of any parent or subsidiary corporation, the exercise price cannot be less than 110% of such fair market value. The term of an option cannot exceed 10 years, or 5 years for incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders. An option generally remains exercisable for the period stated in the applicable option agreement (not be less than 30 days) following the optionee's termination of service, except that if service terminates as a result of the optionee's death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months, but in any event not beyond the expiration of its term. Shares subject to options granted under the 1997 Plan generally vest, conditioned upon the participant's continued service, over a period of four years, although the Board may specify a different period for a particular grant.

                              Stock purchase rights generally are granted subject to a repurchase option in favor of us that lapses in accordance with a vesting schedule, which vesting is not less than 20% per year over five years. A stock purchase agreement will contain the particular terms of the award, which terms shall be determined by the Board.

                              In the event of a merger, the acquiring or successor corporation may assume or substitute substantially equivalent options and stock purchase rights for the outstanding options or rights granted under the 1997 Plan. If the acquiring or successor corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding options and stock purchase rights granted under the 1997 Plan, shares subject to the options and rights will terminate.

                      2000 Stock Option Plan

                              In October 2000, our Board of Directors adopted and our stockholders subsequently approved the 2000 Stock Option Plan, or the 2000 Plan. A total of 3,000,0003,500,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under this plan. As of March 31, 2004,September 30, 2006, there were outstanding under the 2000 Plan options to purchase 1,872,1611,932,298 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.69$3.95 per share. As of March 31, 2004,September 30, 2006, a total of 1,127,8391,051,516 shares of common stock remained available for future option grants under the 2000 Plan. The 2000 Plan will terminate and no further shares will be issued thereunder upon stockholder approval of the 20042007 Equity Incentive Plan described below.

                              Under the 2000 Plan, our employees, directors and consultants, and those of any parent or subsidiary of ours, are eligible to receive nonstatutory stock options. Employees are also eligible to receive "incentive stock options," within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan is administered by our Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the 2000 Plan, the Board determines in its discretion the persons to whom and the times at which options are granted, the types and sizes of such options, and all of their terms and conditions. All options are evidenced by a written agreement between us and the optionee. The Board may amend, modify, cancel, extend or renew any option, grant a new option in substitution for any option, waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any option, and accelerate, continue, extend or defer the vesting of any option. The Board has the authority to construe and interpret the terms of the 2000 Plan and options granted under it.

                              The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options granted under the 2000 Plan must be at least 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. In the case of any options granted to a person who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or of any parent or subsidiary corporation, the exercise price cannot be less than 110% of such fair market value. The term of an option cannot exceed 10 years, or 5 years for incentive stock options granted to 10 percent

                      54



                      stockholders. Unless a longer period is provided by the Board, an option generally remains exercisable for three months following the optionee's termination of service, except that if service terminates as a



                      result of the optionee's death or disability, the option generally remains exercisable for 12 months, but in any event not beyond the expiration of its term. Shares subject to options granted under the 2000 Plan generally vest, conditioned upon the participant's continued service, over a period of four years, with 25 percent vesting per year.

                              In the event of a change in control, the acquiring or successor corporation may assume or substitute substantially equivalent options for the outstanding options granted under the 2000 Plan. If the acquiring or successor corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding options granted under the 2000 Plan, shares subject to the options will accelerate and become vested and exercisable and vested ten days prior to the date of the change in control in such amounts as determined by the Board and set forth in the participant's stock option agreement. On completion of a change in control all outstanding options will terminate to the extent not exercised or assumed by the acquiring or successor corporation.

                      20042007 Equity Incentive Plan

                              Our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan,2007 equity incentive plan, or the Equity Plan, was approved by our Board of Directors in April 2004January 2007 and will be effective upon its approval by our stockholders, currently anticipated in 2004.February 2007.

                                   ��Purpose.    The Equity Plan is intended to make available incentives that will assist us to attract, retain and motivate employees whose contributions are essential to our success. We may provide these incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance shares and performance units.

                                    Shares Subject to Equity Plan.        A total of 3,000,000 shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for issuance under the Equity Plan. This reserve will automatically increase on April 1, 20062008 and each subsequent anniversary through 2014,2017, by an amount equal to the lessersmaller of (a) five percent (5%) of the number of shares of stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding March 31, or (b) . The Board of Directors may elect to reduce, but not increase without also obtaining stockholder approval,a lesser amount determined by the number of additional shares authorized in any year.Board. Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and other numerical limits in the Equity Plan and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants' rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to awards which expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again become available for issuance under the Equity Plan. The shares available will not be reduced by awards settled in cash or by shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations. Only the net number of shares issued upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights or options exercised by means of a net exercise or by tender of previously owned shares will be deducted from the shares available under the Equity Plan.

                                    Administration.    The administrator of our Equity Plan will generally be the compensation committee of our Board of Directors, although the Board may delegate to one or more of our officers authority, subject to limitations specified by the plan and the Board, to grant stock options to service providers who are neither officers nor directors of us. Subject to the provisions of the plan, the administrator determines in its discretion the persons to whom and the times at which awards are granted, the types and sizes of such awards, and all of their terms and conditions. All awards will be evidenced by a written agreement between us and the participant. The administrator may amend, cancel or renew any award, waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any award, and accelerate, continue, extend or defer the vesting of any award. The administrator has the authority to construe and interpret the terms of the Equity Plan and awards granted under it.

                      55



                                    Eligibility.        Awards may be granted under the Equity Plan to our employees, including officers, directors, or consultants or those of any present or future parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity. While we may grant incentive stock options only to employees, we may grant nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards,purchase rights or bonuses, restricted stock units, performance shares, and performance units and cash-based awards or other stock-based awards to any eligible participant.

                                    Stock Options.    The administrator may grant nonstatutory stock options, "incentive stock options," within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any combination of these. The exercise price of each option may not Non-employee director awards will be less than the fair market value of a sharegranted only to members of our common stock onBoard of Directors who, at the date of grant. Any incentive stock option granted to a person who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock or of any parent or subsidiary corporation must have an exercise price equal to at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the datetime of grant, are not employees. Deferred compensation awards may be granted only to officers, directors and a term not exceeding five years. The termselect members of all other options may not exceed 10 years. Options vest and become exercisable at such timesmanagement or upon such events and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria or restrictions as specified by the administrator. Unless a longer period is provided by the administrator, an option generally will remain exercisable for three months following the participant's termination of service, except that if service terminates as a result of the participant's death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable for twelve months, but in any event not beyond the expiration of its term.highly compensated employees.

                                    Automatic Grant of Nonemployee Director Stock Options.    Members        Only members of the Board of Directors who are not employees, (a "Nonemployee Director")a "nonemployee director," at the time of grant are eligible to participate in the nonemployee director stock optionawards component of the Equity Plan. Upon first being elected or appointed as an Nonemployee Director, an individual will be granted an initial option for                ("Initial Option") shares of our common stock on the day of his or her initial election or appointment. On the day of each annual meeting of stockholders, each Nonemployee Director who remains in office immediately following the meeting will be granted an annual option for                 ("Annual Option") shares of common stock; provided, however, that an Nonemployee Director granted an Initial Option on, or within a period of six months prior to, the date of an Annual Meeting shall not be granted an Annual Option.

                                    Each option granted under the automatic grant program will be evidenced by a written agreement specifying the number of shares subject to the option and the other terms and conditions of the option, consistent with the provisions of the Equity Plan. The per-share exercise price under each option will be equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. Generally, the fair market value of the common stock is the closing price per share on the date of grant as reported on the Nasdaq National Market.

                                    Initial Options will become exercisable in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and Annual Options will become fully vested and exercisable on the day immediately preceding the date of the Annual Meeting next following the date of grant of the option, subject in each case to the Nonemployee Director's continuous service on our Board of Directors. Unless earlier terminated under the terms of the Equity Plan or the option agreement, each option will remain exercisable for 10 years after grant. An option generally will remain exercisable for six months followingcompensation committee shall set the Nonemployee Director's terminationamount and type of service, provided that if service terminates as a result of the participant's death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable for 12 months, but in any event the option must be exercised no later than its expiration date. All other terms and conditions of Nonemployee Director options are substantially equivalent to those described above for options generally.

                                    Stock Appreciation Rights.    A stock appreciation right gives a participant the right to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant of the award and the date of its exercise. We may pay the appreciation either in cash or in shares of our common

                      56



                      stock. We may make this payment in a lump sum, or we may defer payment in accordance with the terms of the participant's award agreement. The administrator may grant stock appreciation rights under the Equity Plan in tandem with a related stock option or as a freestanding award. A tandem stock appreciation right is exercisable only at the time and to the same extent that the related option is exercisable, and its exercise causes the related optionnonemployee director awards to be canceled. Freestanding stock appreciation rights vest and become exercisable at the times andawarded on the terms established by the administrator. The maximum term of any stock appreciation righta periodic, non-discriminatory basis. Nonemployee director awards may be granted under the Equity Plan is ten years.

                                    Restricted Stock Awards.    The administrator may grant restricted stock awards under the Equity Plan either in the form of a restricted stock purchase right, giving a participant an immediate right to purchase our common stock, or in the form of a restricted stock bonus, for which the participant furnishes consideration in the form of services to us. The administrator determines the purchase price payable under restricted stock purchase awards, which may be less than the then current fair market value of our common stock. Restricted stock awards may be subject to vesting conditions based on such service or performance criteria as the administrator specifies, and the shares acquired may not be transferred by the participant until vested. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, a participant will forfeit any unvested shares upon voluntary or involuntary termination of service with us for any reason, including death or disability. Participants holding restricted stock will have the right to vote the shares and to receive any dividends paid, except that dividends or other distributions paid in shares will be subject to the same restrictions as the original award.

                                    Restricted Stock Units.    Restricted stock units granted under the Equity Plan represent a right to receive shares of our common stock at a future date determined in accordance with the participant's award agreement. No monetary payment is required for receipt of restricted stock units or the shares issued in settlement of the award, the consideration for which is furnished in the form of the participant's services to us. The administrator may grant restricted stock unit awards subject to the attainment of performance goals similar to those described below in connection with performance shares and performance units, or may make the awards subject to vesting conditions similar to those applicable to restricted stock awards. The Equity Plan also authorizes the administrator to establish a deferred compensation award program under which selected participants may elect to receive fully vested stock units in lieu of compensation otherwise payable in cash or in lieu of cash or shares of stock otherwise issuable upon the exercise ofnonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance shares or performance units. Participants have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends with respect torestricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards until shares of common stock are issuedawards. Subject to adjustment for changes in settlement of such awards. However, the administratorour capital structure, no nonemployee director may grant restricted stock units that entitle their holders to receive dividend equivalents, which are rights to receive additional restricted stock units for a number of shares whose value is equal tobe awarded, in any cash dividends we pay.

                                    Performance Shares and Performance Units.    The administrator may grant performance shares and performance units under the Equity Plan, which are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if specified performance goals are achieved during a specified performance period. Performance share awards are denominated in shares of our common stock, while performance unit awards are denominated in dollars. In granting a performance share or unit award, the administrator establishes the applicable performance goals based onfiscal year, one or more measures of business performance enumeratednonemployee director awards for more than                  shares. However, the annual limit may be increased by the following additions: (i) an additional                  shares in the Equity Plan, suchfiscal year in which the nonemployee director is first appointed or elected to the Board, (ii) an additional                   shares in any fiscal year in which the nonemployee director is serving as revenue, gross margin, net income, cash flow, return on capitalthe chairman or market share. To the extent earned, performance share and unit awards may be settled in cash, shares of our common stock, including restricted stock, or any combination of these

                                    Payments may be made in a lump sum or on a deferred basis. If payments are to be made on a deferred basis, the administrator may provide for the payment of dividend equivalents or interest during the deferral period. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, if a participant's service terminates due to death or disability prior to completionlead director of the applicable performance period, theBoard, (iii) an additional

                      57




                      final award value is determined at the end                  shares in any fiscal year for each committee of the periodBoard on which the basisnonemployee director is then serving other than as chairman of the performance goals attained during the entire period, but payment is proratedcommittee, and (iv) an additional                   shares in any fiscal year for the portioneach committee of the period duringBoard on which the participant remained in service. Exceptnonemployee director is then serving as otherwise provided bychairman of the Equity Plan, if a participant's service terminates for any other reason, the participant's performance shares or units are forfeited.committee.

                                    Change in Control.        In the event of a change in control as described in the Equity Plan, the acquiring or successor entity may assume or continue all stock options and stock appreciation rightsor any awards outstanding under the Equity Plan or substitute substantially equivalent options and stock appreciation rights. If the outstanding stock options and stock appreciation rightsawards. Any awards which are not assumed byor continued in connection with a change in control or exercised or settled prior to the acquiring or successor entity, all unexercised portionschange in control will terminate effective as of such outstanding awards will terminate.the time of the change in control. The administrator may provide for the acceleration of vesting of any andor all outstanding options and stock appreciation rightsawards upon such terms and to such extent as it determines, except that the vesting of all non-employeenonemployee director optionsawards will automatically acceleratebe accelerated in full ten days priorfull. The Equity Plan also authorizes the administrator, in its discretion and without the consent of any participant, to thecancel each or any outstanding award denominated in shares upon a change in control. Alternatively, the administrator may provide for the cancellation of outstanding stock options or stock appreciation rightscontrol in exchange for a payment in cash, stock or other property having a valueto the participant with respect to each vested share subject to the cancelled award of an amount equal to the difference between the exercise priceexcess of the award and the consideration payableto be paid per share of common stock in the change in control transaction with respect toover the number of vested shares subject toexercise price per share, if any, under the award. The administrator may accelerate the vesting and settlement of any award upon a change in control.

                                    Amendment and Termination.    The Equity Plan will continue in effect until the tenth anniversary of its approval by the stockholders, unless earlier terminated by the administrator. The administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Equity Plan at any time, provided that without stockholder approval, the plan cannot be amended to increase the number of shares authorized, change the class of persons eligible to receive incentive stock options or effect any other change that would require stockholder approval under any applicable law or listing rule. Amendment, suspension or termination of the Equity Plan may not adversely affect any outstanding award without the consent of the participant, unless such amendment, suspension or termination is necessary to comply with applicable law

                      20042007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

                              Our 20042007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the Purchase Plan, was adopted by our Board of Directors in April 2004. SubjectJanuary 2007 and is expected to its approvalbe approved by our stockholders currently anticipated in 2004, theFebruary 2007. The Purchase Plan will become effective upon the completion of this offering.

                                    Purpose.    The purpose of the Purchase Plan is to advance our interests and the interests of our stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward eligible employees. It is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.

                                    Shares Subject to Purchase Plan.        A total of 500,000 shares of our common stock are initially authorized and reserved for sale under the Purchase Plan. In addition, the Purchase Plan provides for an automatic annual increase in the number of shares available for issuance under the plan on April 1 of each year beginning in 20062008 and continuing through 2014and including April 1, 2017 equal to the smallestlesser of (1) one percent (1%) of our then issued and outstanding shares of common stock on the immediately preceding March 1,31, (2) 250,000 shares or (3) a number of shares as our Board may determine. Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and in outstanding purchase rights to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants' rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to purchase rights which expire or are canceled will again become available for issuance under the Purchase Plan.

                                    Administration.    Our Board of Directors or a committee of the Board will serve as administrator of the Purchase Plan. The administrator has the authority to construe and interpret the

                      58



                      terms of the Purchase Plan and the purchase rights granted under it, to determine eligibility to participate, and to establish policies and procedures for administration of the plan.

                                    Eligibility.        Our employees and employees of any parent or subsidiary corporation designated by the administrator are eligible to participate in the Purchase Plan if they are customarily employed by us for more than 20 hours per week and more than five5 months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted a right to purchase stock under the Purchase Plan if: (1) the employee immediately after such grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock or of any parent or subsidiary corporation, or (2) the employee's rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 in value for each calendar year of participation in such plans.

                                    Offering Periods.        The Purchase Plan is implemented through a series of sequential offering periods, generally six (6) months in duration beginning on the first trading day on or after May 1 and November 1 of each year, except that the first offering period will commence on the effective date of the Purchase Plan and will end on April 30, 2005.October 31, 2007. The administrator is authorized to establish additional or alternative sequential or overlapping offering periods and offering periods having a different duration or different starting or ending dates, provided that no offering period may have a duration exceeding 27 months.

                                    Participation.    Eligible employees who enroll in the Purchase Plan may elect to have up to 15% of their eligible compensation withheld and accumulated for the purchase of shares at the end of each offering period in which they participate. However, all eligible employees will be automatically enrolled in the Purchase Plan's initial offering period and may only purchase shares by delivering an exercise notice and payment of the applicable purchase price prior to the initial purchase date, provided that participants may elect to begin payroll deductions under the Purchase Plan after the effective date of a Form S-8 registration statement registering the shares reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan. Participants may voluntarily withdraw from the Purchase

                                    Plan at any time during an offering period and receive a refund, without interest, of all amount withheld from compensation not previously applied to purchase shares. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment.

                                    Purchase of Shares.        Amounts accumulated for each participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each offering period at a price generally equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock at the beginning of an offering period or at the end of the offering period. Prior



                      to commencement of an offering period, the administrator is authorized to reduce, but not increase, this purchase price discount for that offering period, or, under circumstances described in the Purchase Plan, during that offering period. The maximum number of shares a participant may purchase in any six-month offering period is the lesser of [                ] shares or a(i) that number of shares determined by multiplying (x)                   shares by (y) the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in the offering period and rounding to the nearest whole share or (ii) that number of whole shares determined by dividing $12,500(x) the product of $2,083.33 and the number of months (rounded to the nearest whole month) in the offering period and rounding to the nearest whole dollar by (y) the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the beginning of the offering period. Prior to the beginning of any offering period, the administrator may alter the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by any participant during the offering period or specify a maximum aggregate number of shares that may be purchased by all participants in the offering period. If insufficient shares remain available under the plan to permit all participants to purchase the number of shares to which they would otherwise be entitled, the administrator will make a pro rata allocation of the available shares. Any amounts withheld from participants' compensation in excess of the amounts used to purchase shares will be refunded, without interest.

                                    Change in Control.        In the event of a change in control, an acquiring or successor corporation may assume our rights and obligations under the Purchase Plan. If the acquiring or successor

                      59



                      corporation does not assume such rights and obligations, then the purchase date of the offering periods then in progress will be accelerated to a date prior to the change in control.

                                    Amendment and Termination.    The Purchase Plan will continue in effect until terminated by the administrator. The administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Purchase Plan at any time, provided that unless stockholder approval is obtained within 12 months of such amendment, the plan cannot be amended to increase the number of shares authorized or change the definition of the corporations that may be designated by the administrator for participation in the plan. Amendment, suspension or termination of the Purchase Plan may not adversely affect any purchase rights previously granted without the consent of the participant, unless such amendment, suspension or termination is necessary to qualify the plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code or to comply with applicable law, or is effected after a determination by the administrator that continuation of the plan or an offering period would result in unfavorable accounting consequences to us as a result of a change, after the plan's effective date, in the generally accepted accounting principles applicable to the Purchase Plan.


                      Simplified Employee Pension Plan

                              We have adopted a Simplified Employee Pension Plan which is intended to satisfy the requirements under Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.Code. Under the terms of this plan, we may, but are not required, to make discretionary contributions to each participant's individual retirement account. Contributions to the plan are generally deductible by us when made, and are not taxable to participants until distributed. Pursuant to the plan, participants may direct the trustees to invest their individual retirement accounts.


                      Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability

                              As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, upon our reincorporation in Delaware, we will adopt a provision in our certificate of incorporation which provides that our directors shall not be personally liable for monetary damages to us or our stockholders for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except liability for:


                              These limitations of liability do not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our certificate of incorporation will also authorize us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

                              As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our bylaws will provide that:



                      60


                              If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation willdoes not eliminate a director's duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief remain available under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation willdoes not affect a director's responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental laws.

                              We intend to enterhave entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our officers and directors against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct. These indemnification agreements also may require us to advance any expenses incurred by the directors or officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified and to obtain directors' and officers' insurance if available on reasonable terms. We believe that these agreements and these provisions in our bylaws and certificate of incorporation are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as officers and directors. We also intend to maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

                              At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents where indemnification by us is sought. In addition, we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding, which may result in a claim for indemnification.



                      CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED TRANSACTIONSPARTIES

                      Distribution Agreement with HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd.

                              Jing Rong Tang, one of our directors, is the chief executive officer of HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd., or HolyStone, which is a holder of more than 5% of our stock. In July 1997, we entered into a distribution agreement with HolyStone. The agreement is renewable annually without notice, and either party may terminate the agreement upon 30 days written notice. Under the terms of the agreement, HolyStone serves as an independent contractor and has a non-exclusive right to distribute our products in Taiwan. Under the terms of the agreement, HolyStone is obligated to pay us for our products 30 days after the date of invoice from us. The agreement provides that HolyStone may not distribute products that are competitive with our products, and we have the right to determine which products are competitive. We maintain the right to sell our products directly in Taiwan and are not obligated to accept HolyStone's orders. HolyStone has the right to use our trademarks and tradenames in connection with sales and advertising of our products.

                              Our sales to HolyStone were valued at approximately $678,000 in$1.2 million for the ninesix months ended December 31, 2003, $324,000 in fiscal 2003, $270,000 in fiscal 2002 and $2.3September 30, 2006, $1.2 million in fiscal 2001.2006, $1.1 million in fiscal 2005 and $1.0 million in fiscal 2004. We had a receivable balance of $456,000 from HolyStone at September 30, 2006.


                      Other Transactions

                              For information regarding the grant of stock options to directors and executive officers, please see "Management—Director Compensation" and "Management—Executive Compensation."


                      62



                      PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

                              The following table sets forth information known to us regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2004,September 30, 2006, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock offered hereby, by:


                              Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table and subject to the applicable community property laws, based on information provided by the person named in the table, these persons have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of the common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. The number of shares of common stock used to calculate the percentage ownership of each listed person includes the shares of common stock underlying options held by such person that are exercisable within 60 days following March 31, 2004.September 30, 2006. The percentage of beneficial ownership is based, before the offering, on 21,189,71821,398,954 shares of common stock outstanding, as of March 31, 2004,September 30, 2006, assuming the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, which will occur upon the completion of this offering. The percentage ownership after the offering is based on            shares of our common stock outstanding after the offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotmentover-allotment option.


                              The address for those individuals and entities not otherwise indicated is 2360 Owen Street, Santa Clara, California 95054.

                       
                       Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to the Offering
                        
                       Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering
                      Beneficial Owner

                       Shares Being Offered
                       Number
                       Percent
                       Number
                       Percent
                      Principal and Selling Stockholders:          
                      Ching-Ho Cheng 2,042,106 9.6%     
                      Ameroc. Corporation(1) 1,785,000 8.4      
                      HolyStone Enterprises Co. Ltd.(1)(2) 1,400,000 6.6      
                      Hsin-Yi Yang 1,045,000 4.9      
                      Koowin Co., Ltd.(1) 775,000 3.7      
                      WestTech Electronics(1) 595,000 2.8      
                      Monet Capital Fund(3) 563,334 2.7      

                      Directors and Named Executive Officers:

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                      Jing Rong Tang(4) 2,410,000 11.3     
                      Lee-Lean Shu(5) 1,986,082 9.3     
                      Hsiang-Wen Chen(6) 1,681,042 7.9     
                      Robert Yau(7) 1,207,709 5.7     
                      Didier Lasserre(8) 203,438 *     

                      63


                      David Chapman(9) 137,813 *     
                      Douglas Schirle(10) 122,500 *     
                      Ruey L. Lu       
                      All executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons) 7,748,584 35.7     
                       
                       Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to
                      the Offering

                        
                       Shares Beneficially Owned
                      After the Offering

                       
                      Beneficial Owner

                       Shares Being
                      Offered

                       
                       Number
                       Percent
                       Number
                       Percent
                       
                      Principal and Selling Stockholders:           
                      Ching-Ho Cheng(1) 2,042,106 9.5%      
                      Ameroc Corp.(2) 1,785,000 8.3       
                      HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd.(3) 1,400,000 6.5       
                      Hsin-Yi Yang(4) 1,045,000 4.9       
                      Koowin Co., Ltd.(5) 775,000 3.6       
                      Muh-Tyng Jiang(6) 626,668 2.9       
                      WestTech Electronics(7) 595,000 2.8       
                      Fen-Ya Chen(8) 370,000 1.7%      
                      Yu-Min Wu(9) 350,000 1.6%      
                      Directors and Named Executive Officers:           
                      Jing Rong Tang(10) 3,185,000 14.9       
                      Lee-Lean Shu(11) 2,522,503 11.8       
                      Hsiang-Wen Chen(12) 1,681,042 7.9       
                      Robert Yau(13) 1,269,585 5.9       
                      Didier Lasserre(14) 277,501 1.3       
                      David Chapman(15) 211,876 *       
                      Douglas Schirle(16) 191,875 *       
                      Ruey L. Lu(17) 8,000 *       
                      All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)(18) 10,401,758 48.6       

                      *
                      Less than 1.0%

                      (1)
                      Ching-Ho Cheng purchased 2,000,000 shares of our common stock in March 1997 in connection with an equity financing, and such shares were converted as of December 1999 into 2,000,000 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, of which 100,000 shares were sold in a private sale in September 2000. Mr. Cheng purchased 200,000 shares of our common stock in March 1998 in connection with an equity financing, and such shares were converted as of December 1999 into 200,000 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, 57,894 shares of which Mr. Cheng subsequently transferred.

                      (2)
                      Yu-Min Wu, the director of Ameroc Corp., has voting and investment control over the shares held by Ameroc Corp. The mailing address for this entityAmeroc Corp. is 1FL, NONo. 62, Sec 2, Huang Shan Road.,Road, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C. Ameroc Corp. acquired 675,000 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock, 1,010,000 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, and 100,000 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock through private transfers in June 2000.

                      (2)(3)
                      Jing Rong Tang, one of our directors, isthe Chief Executive Officer of HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd. Mr. Tang disclaims beneficial ownership of, has voting and investment control over the shares held by HolyStone Enterprises Co,Co., Ltd. exceptMr. Tang has served as a member of our Board of Directors since May 1995. GSI supplies Fast and Very Fast SRAMs to his pecuniary interest therein.HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd. The mailing address for HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd. is 1FL No. 62, Sec 2, Huang Shan Road, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C. HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd. purchased 1,000,000 shares of our common stock in March 1997 in connection with an equity financing, and such shares were converted as of December 1999 into 1,000,000 shares of our

                      (4)
                      Hsin-Yi Yang purchased 260,000 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock in an equity financing in June 1995 and purchased an additional 390,000 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock in an equity financing in February 1996. Of the original 260,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock purchased by Mr. Yang, 100,000 shares were disposed through private transfers in June 2000. Mr. Yang purchased 435,000 shares of our common stock in March 1997 in connection with an equity financing, and such shares were converted as of December 1999 into 435,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. Mr. Yang also purchased 60,000 shares of our common stock in March 1998 in connection with an equity financing, and such shares were converted as of December 1999 into 60,000 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock.

                      (3)(5)
                      Includes 200,000 shares held by Monet Capital Fund S, LP,Jing Rong Tang, a director of Koowin Co., Ltd., has voting and 363,334 shares held by Monet Capital Fund 1, LP. Hsiang-Wen Chen, one of our directors, is Managing Director of Monet Capital, LLC. Dr. Chen disclaims beneficial ownership ofinvestment control over the shares held by these funds except to the extentKoowin Co., Ltd. Mr. Tang has served as a member of his pecuniary interestour Board of Directors since May 1995. The mailing address for Koowin Co., Ltd. is 1FL No. 62, Sec 2, Huang Shan Road, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C. Koowin Co., Ltd. acquired 775,000 shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock through private transfers in these funds. The address of Monet Capital Fund is 1762 Technology Dr., Suite 128, San Jose, CA 95110.June 2000.

                      (4)(6)
                      Muh-Tyng Jiang's address is 149 Shi-Chien Road, Panchiao, Taipei County, Taiwan R.O.C.

                      (7)
                      Shih Yun Sheng has voting and investment control over the shares held by WestTech Electronics. The mailing address for WestTech Electronics is 1FL No. 62, Sec 2, Huang Shan Road, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C. WestTech Electronics acquired 595,000 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock through a private transfer in June 2000.

                      (8)
                      Fen-Ya Chen's address is 1FL, No. 62, Sec 2, Huang Shan Road, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C.

                      (9)
                      Yu-Min Wu's address is 1FL, No. 62, Sec 2, Huang Shan Road, Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C.

                      (10)
                      Includes 1,400,000 shares held by HolyStone Enterprises Co., Ltd., of which Jing RongMr. Tang is Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Tang disclaims beneficial ownership of theIncludes 775,000 shares held by HolyStone EnterprisesKoowin Co., Ltd. except to his pecuniary interest therein., of which Mr. Tang is a director.

                      (5)(11)
                      Includes 123,750247,500 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days following March 31, 2004.September 30, 2006. Includes 13,600 shares held by Mr. Shu's children. Also includes 102,800Includes 100,000 shares held by Mr. Shu's spouse, and 63,515 on78,986 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by his spouse that are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2004.September 30, 2006. Also includes 400,000 shares held by GoodFortune GSI Inc.

                      (6)(12)
                      Includes 200,000 shares held by Monet Capital Fund S, LP, 363,334 shares held by Monet Capital Fund 1, LP, and 363,333 shares held by TEFA Capital, Inc. Dr. Chen is managing director of Monet Capital, LLC and has an equity interest in Monet Capital Fund S, LP, Monet Capital Fund 1, LP and TEFA Capital, Inc. Dr. Chen disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by these fundsMonet Capital Fund S, LP, Monet Capital Fund 1, LP and TEFA Capital, Inc. except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in these funds.therein.

                      (7)(13)
                      Includes 61,876123,752 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days following March 31, 2004.September 30, 2006.

                      (8)(14)
                      Includes 17,81391,876 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days following March 31, 2004.September 30, 2006.


                      (9)(15)
                      Includes 137,813Represents 211,876 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days following March 31, 2004.September 30, 2006.

                      (10)(16)
                      Includes 97,500166,875 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days following March 31, 2004.September 30, 2006.

                      (17)
                      Represents 8,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days following September 30, 2006.

                      (18)
                      Includes an aggregate of 1,073,241 shares issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days following September 30, 2006.

                      64



                      DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

                              Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 150,000,000 shares of common stock, $.001$0.001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.001$0.001 par value per share.

                              The following is a summary of the material terms of our common stock and preferred stock. Please see our certificate of incorporation and bylaws filed as an exhibitexhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, for more detailed information.


                      Common Stock

                              As of March 31, 2004,September 30, 2006, there were 21,189,71821,398,954 shares of our common stock outstanding held of record by approximately 129137 stockholders, assuming the conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Upon the completion of this offering, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to preferences applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by the Board. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or redemption rights. Each outstanding share of common stock is, and all shares of common stock to be outstanding upon the completion of this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.


                      Preferred Stock

                              Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will be converted into an aggregate of 15,120,168 shares of common stock provided that the aggregate offering price of the shares offered in this offering equals or exceeds $10,000,000 and the price per share in this offering equals or exceeds $8.00 per share before deduction of the underwriters' discounts and commissions.$10,000,000. Following the completion of the offering, 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock will be authorized for issuance. Our Board of Directors haswill have the authority, without further action by itsour stockholders, to issue preferred stock in one or more series. In addition, the Board may fix the rights, preferences and privileges of any preferred stock it determines to issue. Any or all of these rights may be superior to the rights of the common stock. Preferred stock could thus be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change in control of our company or to make removal of management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may decrease the market price of our common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.


                      Registration Rights

                              None of our stockholders has any registration rights.

                      65




                      Antitakeover Provisions

                      Delaware Law

                              We will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with an "interested stockholder," unless:



                              Except as otherwise specified in Section 203, an "interested stockholder" is defined to include:

                      Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

                              Following the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that:

                      66


                              These provisions may make it more difficult for stockholders to take specific corporate actions and could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company.


                      Transfer Agent and Registrar

                              The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is                        EquiServe, LP..


                      Nasdaq NationalGlobal Market Listing

                              We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq NationalGlobal Market under the trading symbol "GSIT."



                      SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

                              Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the possibility of these sales, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

                              Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding                shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotmentover-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options to purchase common stock after March 31, 2004.September 30, 2006. Of these shares, the                shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates," as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which would be subject to the limitations and restrictions described below.

                              The remaining                shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering will be "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144. These securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Sales of these restricted securities in the public market, or the availability of these shares for sale, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

                              Holders of approximately                of these restricted securities, including all of our officers and directors and the entities affiliated with them, have entered into lock-up agreements providing that, subject to limited exceptions, they will not sell, directly or indirectly, any common stock without the prior consent of Merrill Lynch & Co.the joint book running managers for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. In addition, the 180 day period may be extended for up to 34 additional day under certain circumstances. See "Underwriting."

                              The number of restricted securities that will be available for sale in the public market, subject in some cases to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144, will be as follows:


                              Shares issued upon exercise of options granted by us prior to the date of this prospectus will be available for sale in the public market under Rule 701 of the Securities Act. Rule 701 permits resales of these shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with various restrictions, including the holding period requirement, imposed under Rule 144. In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares not to exceed the greater of (1) one percent of the then outstanding shares of common stock or (2) the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to the sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale and notice requirements, as well as to the availability of current public information about us. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years is entitled to sell the shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

                              As of March 31, 2004,September 30, 2006, options to purchase an aggregate of 3,511,2633,361,125 shares of common stock were outstanding under our stock option plans. We intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act approximately 90 days after the date of this prospectus to register an aggregate of approximately 3,500,000 shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under its stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan. Shares of common stock issued under the foregoing plans, after the filing of related registration statements, will be freely tradable in the public market, subject in the case of the holders to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates, lock-up agreements with the underwriters and vesting restrictions imposed by us.


                      68



                      UNDERWRITING

                              Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters named below. Needham & Company, Inc.LLC and WR Hambrecht + Co., Friedman, Billings, RamseyLLC are acting as joint book running managers of this offering and, together with Robert W. Baird & Co.,  Inc. Incorporated and C.E. Unterberg, Towbin LLCStanford Group Company, are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below.underwriters. The underwriters' obligations are several, which means that each underwriter is required to purchase a specific number of shares, but is not responsible for the commitment of any other underwriter to purchase shares. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwritersunderwriting agreement, each underwriter has agreed, severally and not jointly,agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders the number of shares listedof common stock set forth opposite its name below.


                      Underwriter

                       Number of
                      Shares

                      Merrill Lynch, Pierce, FennerNeedham & Smith
                      Company, LLC
                      WR Hambrecht + Co., LLC
                      Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated  
                      Needham &Stanford Group Company Inc.  
                      Friedman, Billings, Ramsey & Co., Inc.
                      C.E. Unterberg, Towbin LLC
                        
                       Total  
                        

                              Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the purchase agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the purchaseThe underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase commitmentsall the shares of common stock in the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased oroffering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the purchase agreement may be terminated.over-allotment option described below.

                              WeThe underwriting agreement provides that we and the selling stockholders have agreed towill indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities that may be incurred in connection with this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.thereof.

                              The underwriters are offering the shares, subjectWe have granted an option to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the purchase agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters to purchase up to                        additional shares of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers tocommon stock at the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.


                      Commissions and Discounts

                                    The representatives have advised us that they propose initially to offeroffering price per share, less the shares to the public at the initial public offering priceunderwriting discount, set forth on the cover page of this prospectusprospectus. This option is exercisable during the 30-day period after the date of this prospectus. The underwriters may exercise this option only to cover over-allotments made in connection with this offering. If this option is exercised, each of the underwriters will purchase approximately the same percentage of the additional shares as the number of shares of common stock to be purchased by that underwriter, as shown in the table above, bears to the total shown.

                              The representatives have advised us and the selling stockholders that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may offer shares to securities dealers, who may include the underwriters, at that public offering price less a concession not in excess of up to $    per share. The underwriters may allow, and thethose dealers may reallow, a discount not in excessconcession to other securities dealers of up to $    per share to other dealers.share. After the initial public offering to the public, the offering price concession and discountother selling terms may be changed.changed by the representatives.

                              The following table shows the public offering price,per share and total underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. The information assumes eitherThese amounts are shown assuming both no exercise orand full exercise byof the underwriters of their overallotment option.underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.


                      Total
                       
                       Per Share
                       Without OptionNo Exercise
                       With OptionFull Exercise
                      Public offering price$$$
                      Underwriting discount$$$
                      Proceeds, before expenses, toPaid by GSI
                      Technology, Inc.
                       $  $  $ 
                      Proceeds, before expenses, to Selling Stockholders$Paid by selling stockholders  $  $ 

                      69



                              TheWe will pay the expenses of the offering on behalf of the selling stockholders, excluding the underwriting discount. We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, not includingexcluding the underwriting discount, are estimated atwill be approximately $                million and are payable by us.


                      Overallotment Option
                      .

                              We have granted an optionagreed not to the underwritersoffer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant options to purchase, up to            additionalor otherwise dispose of any shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this optionof our common stock or securities exchangeable for 30or convertible into our common stock for a period of    days fromafter the date of this prospectus solelywithout the prior written consent of the joint book-running managers. This agreement does not apply to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter's initial amount reflected in the above table.


                      No Sales of Similar Securities

                                    Weexisting employee benefit plans. Our directors, officers, and the selling stockholders our executive officers and directors and substantially allother stockholders, who collectively hold in the aggregate                 shares of our other existing security holderscommon stock, have agreed not to, directly or indirectly, sell, hedge, or transferotherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options to acquire shares of common stock or securities exchangeable for or convertible into exchangeable for exercisable for, or repayable withshares of common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch. Specifically,the joint book-running managers. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the "lock-up" period, we and these other persons have agreed notrelease earnings results or material news or a material event relating to directlyus occurs or indirectly:


                      Quotation on the Nasdaq National Market

                                    We have applied to list our common stock for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "GSIT."

                                    Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

                      70


                      the transfer.

                              An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possibleThe representatives have informed us that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price. The underwritersthey do not expect sales by the underwriters to sell more than five percentdiscretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares being offered inoffered.

                              In connection with this offering, to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.


                      Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

                                    Until the distributionNeedham & Company, LLC, on behalf of the shares is completed, Securities and Exchange Commission rules may limit the underwriters, and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot in connection with this offering by selling more shares than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This creates a short position in our common stock such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.for their own account.

                              TheIn connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot in connection with this offering by selling more shares than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This creates a short position in our common stock for their own account. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. To close out a short position or to stabilize the price of our common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and sell ourpurchase, common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares from the issuer in the offering. The underwriters may close outalso elect to reduce any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional sharesall or purchasing shares inpart of the open market.over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotmentover-allotment option. "Naked" short sales are any sales in excess of such option. TheIf the underwriters must close out anysell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by purchasingbuying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there maycould be downward pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.



                              The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing our common stock in this offering because the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriterrepurchase that stock in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

                              Similar to otherFinally, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, transactions, the underwriters' purchases to cover the syndicate short salesshares of our common stock in market making transactions.

                              These activities may have the effect of raisingstabilize or maintainingmaintain the market price of our common stock or preventing or retardingat a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may bethat is higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

                                    Neither we norabsence of these activities. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may discontinue any of the underwriters makethese activities at any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that thetime without notice. These transactions described above may havebe effected on the price ofNasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

                              Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. In addition, neither we nor anyConsequently, the initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders, and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations are:


                      Electronic Offer, Sale        The underwriters have reserved for sale up to            shares for employees, directors and Distribution of Shares

                                    Merrill Lynchother persons associated with us. These reserved shares will be facilitating Internet distribution forsold at the initial public offering price that appears on the cover page of this offering to certain of its Internet subscription customers. Merrill Lynch intends to allocate a limitedprospectus. The number of shares available for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is availablethe general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these reserved shares are purchased by those persons. The underwriters will offer to the general public, on the Internet Web site maintainedsame terms as other shares offered by Merrill Lynch. Other than thethis prospectus, in electronic format, the information on the Merrill Lynch Web site isany reserved shares that are not part of this prospectus.purchased by those persons.

                      71




                      LEGAL MATTERS

                              The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Gray Cary Ware & FreidenrichDLA Piper US LLP, East Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters relating to the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California.


                      EXPERTS

                              The consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 20032005 and 20022006 and for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 20032006 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent accountants,registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONALAVAILABLE INFORMATION ABOUT GSI TECHNOLOGY

                              We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and the shares to be sold in this offering, please refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to, are not necessarily complete, and in each instance please refer to the copy of the contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by this reference.

                              You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will file annual, quarterly and current reports as well as proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement will also be available to you on the SEC's WebInternet site. The address of this site ishttp://www.sec.gov.



                      GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.
                      INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                       
                       Page
                      Report of Independent AuditorsRegistered Public Accounting Firm F-2

                      Consolidated Balance Sheets As of March 31, 20022005 and 20032006 and September 30, 2006 (unaudited)

                       

                      F-3

                      Consolidated Statements of Operations For the Three Years Ended March 31, 2001, 2002,2004, 2005, and 20032006 and For the Six Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 (unaudited)

                       

                      F-4

                      Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity For the Three Years Ended March 31, 2001, 20022004, 2005 and 20032006 and For the Six Months Ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited)

                       

                      F-5

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows For the Three Years Ended March 31, 2001, 20022004, 2005, and 20032006 and For the Six Months Ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 (unaudited)

                       

                      F-6

                      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                       

                      F-7

                      Index to Unaudited Interim Financial Statements


                      F-25

                      F-1




                      Report of Independent AuditorsRegistered Public Accounting Firm

                      To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
                      of GSI Technology, Inc. (formerly Giga Semiconductor, Inc.):

                              The reincorporation in Delaware described in Note 13 to the financial statements has not been consummated at April 12, 2004. When the reincorporation in Delaware has been consummated, we will be in a position to furnish the following report:

                      /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

                      San Jose, California
                      April 12, 2004October 19, 2006, except for Note 13, as to which the date is January 9, 2007



                      GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.



                      CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS



                      (Inin thousands, except share amounts)



                        
                        
                        
                       Pro Forma
                      Stockholders'
                      Equity at
                      September 30,
                      2006



                       March 31,
                        


                       September 30,
                      2006



                       2005
                       2006


                       March 31,
                       
                        
                        
                       (unaudited)



                       2002
                       2003
                       
                        
                        
                        
                       (See Note 1)

                      ASSETSASSETS     ASSETS            
                      Cash and cash equivalentsCash and cash equivalents $9,334 $6,150 Cash and cash equivalents $8,522 $11,505 $9,540   
                      Restricted cashRestricted cash 1,143 1,143 Restricted cash  1,159  1,000  1,000   
                      Short-term investmentsShort-term investments  3,000  4,000  6,000   
                      Accounts receivable, netAccounts receivable, net 2,388 2,541 Accounts receivable, net  4,947  4,295  6,316   
                      InventoriesInventories 12,765 7,581 Inventories  12,039  12,600  16,332   
                      Prepaid expenses and other current assetsPrepaid expenses and other current assets 2,240 3,379 Prepaid expenses and other current assets  765  1,824  2,137   
                      Deferred tax assets 2,490  
                      Deferred income taxesDeferred income taxes  1,021  808  808   
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                         
                       Total current assets 30,360 20,794  Total current assets  31,453  36,032  42,133   
                      Property and equipment, netProperty and equipment, net 2,067 2,939 Property and equipment, net  1,710  2,206  1,864   
                      Other assetsOther assets 77 70 Other assets  361  1,306  1,306   
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                         
                       Total assets $32,504 $23,803  Total assets $33,524 $39,544 $45,303   
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                         
                      LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITYLIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY     LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY            
                      Accounts payableAccounts payable $2,608 $957 Accounts payable $2,234 $5,195 $5,024   
                      Accrued expenses and other liabilitiesAccrued expenses and other liabilities 1,073 700 Accrued expenses and other liabilities  2,689  1,280  1,737   
                      Deferred revenueDeferred revenue 1,783 1,443 Deferred revenue  3,026  3,104  3,827   
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                         
                       Total current liabilities 5,464 3,100  Total current liabilities  7,949  9,579  10,588   
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                         
                      Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)     
                      Redeemable convertible preferred stock
                      Authorized: 20,000,000 shares
                      Issued and outstanding: 15,120,168 shares
                      Liquidation preference: $9,007
                       9,007 9,007 
                      Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)            
                      Redeemable convertible preferred stockRedeemable convertible preferred stock            
                      Authorized: 15,120,168 shares            
                      Issued and outstanding: 15,120,168, 15,120,168, 15,120,168 (unaudited) and no (unaudited) shares, respectively            
                      Liquidation preference: $9,007, $9,007, $9,007 (unaudited) and none (unaudited), respectively  9,007  9,007  9,007 $
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                      Stockholders' equity:Stockholders' equity:     Stockholders' equity:            
                      Preferred stock: $0.001 par value
                      Authorized: 5,000,000 shares
                      Issued and outstanding: none
                         Preferred stock: $0.001 par value            
                      Common Stock: $0.001 par value
                      Authorized: 30,000,000 shares
                      Issued and outstanding: 4,995,875 and 5,630,125 shares
                       5 6  Authorized: 5,000,000 shares            
                      Additional paid-in capital 5,845 5,830  Issued and outstanding: none        
                      Deferred stock-based compensation (1,646) (531)Common stock: $0.001 par value            
                      Retained earnings 13,829 6,391 Authorized: 150,000,000 shares            
                       
                       
                       Issued and outstanding: 6,128,350, 6,164,286, 6,278,786 (unaudited) and 21,398,954 (unaudited) shares, respectively  6  6  6  21
                      Additional paid-in capitalAdditional paid-in capital  6,322  6,368  6,455  15,447
                      Deferred stock-based compensationDeferred stock-based compensation  (261) (166)   
                      Retained earningsRetained earnings  10,501  14,750  19,247  19,247
                       Total stockholders' equity 18,033 11,696   
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                        Total stockholders' equity  16,568  20,958  25,708 $34,715
                       Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity $32,504 $23,803   
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                        Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity $33,524 $39,544 $45,303   
                       
                       
                       
                         

                      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

                      F-3




                      GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.



                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS



                      (Inin thousands, except per share amounts)



                       Year Ended March 31,
                       Six Months Ended
                      September 30,

                       


                       Year Ended March 31,
                       
                       2004
                       2005
                       2006
                       2005
                       2006
                       


                       2001
                       2002
                       2003
                       
                        
                        
                        
                       (unaudited)

                       
                      Net revenuesNet revenues $73,653 $24,826 $20,981 Net revenues $35,419 $45,736 $43,141 $21,640 $28,929 
                      Cost of revenuesCost of revenues 42,424 19,133 18,477 Cost of revenues 26,619 30,715 29,229 14,604 17,442 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Gross profitGross profit 31,229 5,693 2,504 Gross profit 8,800 15,021 13,912 7,036 11,487 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Operating expenses:Operating expenses:       Operating expenses:           
                      Research and development 5,097 4,848 6,206 Research and development 5,500 4,804 5,377 2,995 2,444 
                      Selling, general and administrative 7,377 4,883 4,500 Selling, general and administrative 4,152 5,756 4,797 2,436 2,700 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       Total operating expenses 12,474 9,731 10,706  Total operating expenses 9,652 10,560 10,174 5,431 5,144 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Income (loss) from operationsIncome (loss) from operations 18,755 (4,038) (8,202)Income (loss) from operations (852) 4,461 3,738 1,605 6,343 
                      Interest income, netInterest income, net 596 685 139 Interest income, net 58 158 475 208 397 
                      Other income (expense), netOther income (expense), net (36) 94 5 Other income (expense), net 124 6 207 12 (10)
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Income (loss) before income taxesIncome (loss) before income taxes 19,315 (3,259) (8,058)Income (loss) before income taxes (670) 4,625 4,420 1,825 6,730 
                      Provision for (benefit from) income taxesProvision for (benefit from) income taxes 7,987 (1,190) (620)Provision for (benefit from) income taxes  (155) 171 (364) 2,233 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Net income (loss)Net income (loss) $11,328 $(2,069)$(7,438)Net income (loss) $(670)$4,780 $4,249 $2,189 $4,497 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Basic net income (loss) per share $2.73 $(0.44)$(1.39)
                      Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share available to common stockholders:Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share available to common stockholders:           
                      BasicBasic $(0.12)$0.63 $0.54 $0.28 $0.65 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Diluted net income (loss) per share $0.53 $(0.44)$(1.39)
                      DilutedDiluted $(0.12)$0.21 $0.19 $0.10 $0.20 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Weighted-average number of shares used in basic net income (loss) per share calculation 4,157 4,713 5,334 
                      Weighted average shares used in per share calculations:Weighted average shares used in per share calculations:           
                      BasicBasic 5,737 6,112 6,148 6,139 6,216 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Weighted-average number of shares used in diluted net income (loss) per share calculation 21,452 4,713 5,334 
                      DilutedDiluted 5,737 22,562 22,586 22,539 22,844 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share     $(0.36)
                      Pro forma net income per share (unaudited):Pro forma net income per share (unaudited):           
                      BasicBasic     $0.20   $0.21 
                           
                             
                         
                       
                      Weighted-average number of shares used in pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculation     20,454 
                      DilutedDiluted     $0.19   $0.20 
                           
                             
                         
                       
                      Pro forma weighted average shares used in per share calculations (unaudited):Pro forma weighted average shares used in per share calculations (unaudited):           
                      BasicBasic     21,268   21,336 
                           
                         
                       
                      DilutedDiluted     22,706   22,844 
                           
                         
                       

                      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

                      F-4




                      GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.



                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY



                      (Inin thousands, except share amounts)


                       Common Stock
                        
                        
                        
                        
                        Common Stock
                        
                        
                        
                        
                       

                       Additional
                      Paid-in
                      Capital

                       Deferred
                      Stock-Based
                      Compensation

                       Retained
                      Earnings

                       Total
                      Stockholders'
                      Equity

                        Additional
                      Paid-in
                      Capital

                       Deferred Stock-Based
                      Compensation

                       Retained
                      Earnings

                       Total
                      Stockholders'
                      Equity

                       

                       Shares
                       Amount
                        Shares
                       Amount
                       
                      Balance, March 31, 2000 4,072,125 $4 $5,095 $(3,803)$4,570 $5,866 

                      Issuance of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options

                       

                      631,950

                       

                       

                      1

                       

                       

                      43

                       

                       


                       

                       


                       

                       

                      44

                       
                      Deferred stock-based compensation     678  (678)    
                      Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation       1,445    1,445 
                      Common Stock repurchased (120,000)   (20)     (20)
                      Net income and comprehensive income         11,328  11,328 
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Balance, March 31, 2001 4,584,075  5  5,796  (3,036) 15,898  18,663 

                      Issuance of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options

                       

                      411,800

                       

                       


                       

                       

                      55

                       

                       


                       

                       


                       

                       

                      55

                       
                      Balance, March 31, 2003 5,630,125 $6 $5,830 $(531)$6,391 $11,696 
                      Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options 439,425    65      65 
                      Deferred stock-based compensation     (6) 6          349  (349)    
                      Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation       1,384    1,384        528    528 
                      Net loss and comprehensive loss         (2,069) (2,069)         (670) (670)
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Balance, March 31, 2002 4,995,875  5  5,845  (1,646) 13,829  18,033 

                      Issuance of Common Stock upon exercise of stock options

                       

                      626,250

                       

                       

                      1

                       

                       

                      75

                       

                       


                       

                       


                       

                       

                      76

                       
                      Issuance of Common Stock to consultant for services 8,000    30      30 
                      Balance, March 31, 2004 6,069,550  6  6,244  (352) 5,721  11,619 
                      Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options 58,800    50      50 
                      Deferred stock-based compensation     (120) 120          28  (28)    
                      Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation       995    995        119    119 
                      Net loss and comprehensive loss         (7,438) (7,438)
                      Net income and comprehensive income         4,780  4,780 
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Balance, March 31, 2003 5,630,125 $6 $5,830 $(531)$6,391 $11,696 
                      Balance, March 31, 2005 6,128,350  6  6,322  (261) 10,501  16,568 
                      Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options 35,936    46      46 
                      Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation       95    95 
                      Net income and comprehensive income         4,249  4,249 
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Balance, March 31, 2006 6,164,286  6  6,368  (166) 14,750  20,958 
                      Reversal of deferred stock-based compensation upon adoption of SFAS 123(R) (unaudited)     (166) 166     
                      Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited) 114,500    36      36 
                      Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)     217      217 
                      Net income and comprehensive income (unaudited)         4,497  4,497 
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Balance, September 30, 2006 (unaudited) 6,278,786 $6 $6,455 $ $19,247 $25,708 
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       

                      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

                      F-5




                      GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.



                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                      (in thousands)

                      (In thousands)



                       Year Ended March 31,
                       Six Months Ended
                      September 30,

                       


                       Year Ended March 31,
                       
                       2004
                       2005
                       2006
                       2005
                       2006
                       


                       2001
                       2002
                       2003
                       
                        
                        
                        
                       (unaudited)

                       
                      Cash flows from operating activities:Cash flows from operating activities:       Cash flows from operating activities:           
                      Net income (loss) $11,328 $(2,069)$(7,438)
                      Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:       Net income (loss) $(670)$4,780 $4,249 $2,189 $4,497 
                       Provision for doubtful accounts and returns 48 114 (241)Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:           
                       Provision for excess and obsolete inventories 434 3,895   Allowance for doubtful accounts (81) (17) 63 91 (43)
                       Depreciation and amortization 569 835 1,080  Provision for excess and obsolete inventories 846 48 1,111 33 325 
                       Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation 1,445 1,384 995  Depreciation and amortization 1,009 926 893 436 421 
                       Compensation expense for common stock issued to consultant for services   30  Stock-based compensation 528 119 95 48 217 
                       Deferred income taxes (904) (440) 2,490  Deferred income taxes  (1,291) (734)   
                       Changes in assets and liabilities:        Changes in assets and liabilities:           
                       Accounts receivable 224 6,166 88  Accounts receivable (4,750) 2,442 589 1,352 (1,978)
                       Inventory (16,074) 6,923 5,184  Inventory (8,090) 2,738 (1,672) (756) (4,057)
                       Prepaid expenses and other assets (1,476) 162 (1,132) Prepaid expenses and other assets 1,789 804 (1,057) (481) (313)
                       Accounts payable 10,707 (11,648) (1,651) Accounts payable 3,640 (2,363) 2,961 448 (171)
                       Accrued expenses and other liabilities 221 (2,850) (373) Accrued expenses and other liabilities 1,967 22 (1,409) (2,294) 457 
                       Deferred revenue 2,302 (2,283) (340) Deferred revenue 1,566 17 78 113 723 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities 8,824 189 (1,308) Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities (2,246) 8,225 5,167 1,179 78 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Cash flows from investing activities:Cash flows from investing activities:       Cash flows from investing activities:           
                      Decrease (increase) in restricted cash (153) 10  Decrease (increase) in restricted cash (8) (8) 159 159  
                      Purchases of property and equipment (2,118) (398) (1,952)Purchase of short-term investments  (3,000) (1,000) (1,000) (8,000)
                       
                       
                       
                       Sales and maturities of short-term investments     6,000 
                       Net cash used in investing activities (2,271) (388) (1,952)Purchases of property and equipment (473) (233) (1,389) (1,217) (79)
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Cash flows from financing activities:       
                      Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock 44 55 76  Net cash used in investing activities (481) (3,241) (2,230) (2,058) (2,079)
                      Proceeds from issuance of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock 456     
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Cash flows from financing activities:Cash flows from financing activities:           
                      Common Stock repurchased (20)   Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon option exercises 65 50 46 21 36 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       Net cash provided by financing activities 480 55 76  Net cash provided by financing activities 65 50 46 21 36 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalentsNet increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 7,033 (144) (3,184)Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (2,662) 5,034 2,983 (858) (1,965)
                      Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the yearCash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 2,445 9,478 9,334 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 6,150 3,488 8,522 8,522 11,505 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Cash and cash equivalents at end of the yearCash and cash equivalents at end of the year $9,478 $9,334 $6,150 Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year $3,488 $8,522 $11,505 $7,664 $9,540 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Supplemental cash flow information:Supplemental cash flow information:       Supplemental cash flow information:           
                      Cash paid for income taxes $8,985 $1,719 $67 Cash paid for income taxes $6 $919 $2,492 $2,016 $1,964 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Cash paid for interest $17 $20 $8 Cash paid for interest $8 $8 $8 $8 $8 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       

                      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

                      F-6




                      GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

                      NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                      GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

                      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                      NOTE 1—THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

                              GSI Technology, Inc., formerly Giga Semiconductor, Inc., (the "Company") was incorporated in California in March 1995.1995 and reincorporated in Delaware on June 9, 2004. The Company designs, develops and markets high performanceis a provider of "Very Fast" SRAM or static random access memory, integrated circuits for theproducts that are incorporated primarily in high-performance networking and telecommunications infrastructure markets. Within the SRAM market, the Company focuses on higher speed integrated circuits that require less than 5 nanoseconds to retrieve data from memory. The Company provides a broad range of SRAM solutions that target high performance equipment, such as routers, switches, wireless localwide area network infrastructure equipment, wireless base stations and networkingnetwork access equipment.

                                    The level of operations In addition, the Company serves the ongoing needs of the Company is dependent on the supply of wafers it is able to procure from foundries. The testing, assemblymilitary, industrial, test equipment and packaging activity is carried out by subcontractors primarily based in Taiwan.medical markets for high-performance SRAMs.

                              The preparation ofconsolidated financial statements and accompanying notes were prepared in conformityaccordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP").

                              The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company's two wholly-owned subsidiaries, GSI Technology Holdings, Inc. and GSI Technology (BVI), Inc. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

                              The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenuesrevenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates are inherent in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and include revenue recognition, obsolete and excess inventory, the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, the valuation of equity instruments and stock-based compensation. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could affect the results of operations reported in future periods.estimates.

                              The Company buys all of its wafers, an integral component of its products, from outside suppliersa single supplier and is also dependent on third party subcontractorsindependent suppliers to assemble and test its products. During the years ended March 31, 2001, 20022004, 2005 and 2003,2006 and for the six month period ended September 30, 2006, all of the Company's wafers were supplied by two foundries.Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited, or TSMC. If these suppliers failthis supplier fails to satisfy the Company's requirements on a timely basis at competitive prices, the Company could suffer manufacturing delays, a possible loss of revenues, or higher cost of revenues, any of which could severely adversely affect operating results.

                              A majority of the Company's net revenues come from sales to customers in the networking and telecommunication industries.telecommunications equipment industry. A decline in demand in these industriesthis industry could have a material adverse affect on the Company's operating results and financial condition.

                              Because much of the manufacturing and testing of the Company's products is conducted in Taiwan, its business performance may be affected by changes in Taiwan's political, social and economic environment. For example, any political instability resulting from the relationship among the United States, Taiwan and the People's Republic of China could damage the Company's business. Moreover, the role of the Taiwanese government in the Taiwanese economy is significant. Taiwanese policies toward economic liberalization, and laws and policies affecting technology companies, foreign



                      investment, currency exchange rates, taxes and other matters could change, resulting in greater restrictions on the Company's and its suppliers' ability to do business and operate facilities in Taiwan. If any of these risks were to occur, the Company's business could be harmed.

                      F-7



                                    The Company's corporate headquarters are located in California near major earthquake faults. In addition, some        Some of the Company's suppliers are located near fault lines. In the event of a major earthquake or other natural disaster near the Company's headquarters or itsfacilities of any of these suppliers, the Company's business could be harmed.

                              The accompanying consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2006 and related consolidated statements of operations and of cash flows for the six months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 and the related consolidated statement of stockholders' equity for the six months ended September 30, 2006, are unaudited. The interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly the Company's results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 and financial position at September 30, 2006. The results for the six months ended September 30, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending March 31, 2007 or for any other interim period or for any other future year.

                              Upon consummation of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, all of the Company's redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert to 15,120,168 shares of common stock, based on the shares of preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 2006. Unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into 15,120,168 shares of the Company's common stock, is set forth on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

                              The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Under these criteria, revenue from the sale of products is recognized upon shipment according to the Company's shipping terms, net of accruals for estimated sales returns and allowances based on historical experience. Sales to distributors are made under agreements allowing for returns or credits under certain circumstances. The Company defers recognition of revenue on sales to distributors until products are resold by the distributor. Sales to consignment warehouses, who purchase products from the Company for use by contract manufacturers, are recorded upon delivery to the contract manufacturer.

                              Cash and cash equivalents include cash in demand accounts and highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less. Cash equivalents consistless at the date of money-market funds,purchase, stated at cost, which approximates their fair market value.


                              All of the Company's short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale. Short-term investments consist of auction rate securities with a contractual maturity in excess of five years. Even though the stated maturity dates of these investments may be one year or more beyond the balance sheet date, the Company has classified all auction rate securities as short-term investments. In accordance with Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43, Chapter 3A,Working Capital-Current Assets and Current Liabilities, the Company views its available-for-sale portfolio as available for use in its current operations. Based upon historical experience in the financial markets as well as the Company's specific experience with auction rate securities, the Company believes there is reasonable expectation of completing a successful auction in the next twelve month period. During its history of investing in these securities, the Company has not been unable to sell its holdings of these investments. Accordingly, the Company believes that the risk of non-redemption of these investments within a year is minimal. Investments are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of related tax, as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). There were no unrealized gains or losses in relation to short-term investments for the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 or for the six month period ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited) because of the frequent interest rate resetting nature of auction rate securities.

                              At March 31, 20022005 and 2003,2006 and at September 30, 2006 (unaudited), restricted cash consists of certificates of deposit totaling $1,000,000 held with a financial institution as collateral for the Company's line of credit, and $143,000$159,000 at March 31, 2005 held with a Taiwan financial institution as security for any possible default of payment by the Company to its major supplier of wafers.

                              Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short term investments and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash primarily in checking, certificate of deposit, and money market accounts with reputable financial institutions. The Company's accounts receivable are derived primarily from revenue earned from customers located in the U.S. and Asia. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluationevaluations of its customer'scustomers' financial condition and, generally, requires no collateral from its customers. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable based upon the expected collectibility of accounts receivable. The Company's write offs of accounts receivable were $21,000, $31,000,$49,000 and $149,000$29,000 for the years ended March 31, 2001, 20022004 and 2003,2005, respectively. There were no write offs in the year ended March 31, 2006. There were no write offs in the six month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 (unaudited).

                              In fiscal 2001, 20022004, 2005 and 2003,2006, sales to the Company's top 10 customers accounted for approximately 80%84%, 74%88% and 81%88% of net revenues, respectively. AtFor the year ended March 31, 2001, two2004, three customers accounted for 10%27%, 18% and 31% of the total accounts receivable, and for the year then ended, two customers accounted for 13% and 25%14% of net revenues. At March 31, 2002, three2005, four customers accounted for 20%24%, 14%13%, 13% and 11%12% of accounts receivable and for the year then ended twothree customers accounted for 19%32%, 18% and 12%15% of net revenues. At March 31, 2003,2006, three customers accounted for 17%28%, 15%,17% and 10%12% of accounts receivable, and for the year then ended, fourthree customers accounted for 21%30%, 13%, 10%,27% and 10% of net revenues.

                      F-8




                              Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined on a weighted average basis. Inventory reserves are established when conditions indicate that the selling price could be less than cost due to physical deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price levels, or other causes. Reserves are established for excess inventory generally based on inventory levels in excess of 12 months of forecasted demand, as judgedestimated by management, for each specific product.

                              Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as presented below:

                      Software 3 years

                      Hardware and equipment

                       

                      5 years

                      Furniture and fixtures

                       

                      7 years

                              Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the lessershorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining lease term of the respective assets, if shorter than the expected useful life.assets. Gains or losses on disposals of property and equipment are recorded as part of other income (expense).in operating expenses. Costs of repairs and maintenance are typically included as part of operating expenses unless they are incurred in relation to major improvements to existing property and equipment, at which time they are capitalized.

                              Long-lived assets held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their net book value may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized if the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and before interest) from the use of the assets is less than the net book value of the asset. The amount of the impairment loss, if any, will generally be measured as the difference between net book value of the assets and their estimated fair values. There have beenwere no recoverability issues forimpairment losses recognized during the years ended March 31, 2001, 20022004, 2005 and 2003.2006 and for the six month period ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited).

                              Research and development expenses are related to new product designs, including, salaries, contractor fees, and allocation of corporate costs and are charged to the statement of operations as incurred.

                              The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected


                      to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduceit is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets to the amounts expected toasset will not be realized.

                              The Company records costs related to shipping and handling in cost of revenues.

                              Advertising costs are charged to expense in the period incurred. Advertising expense was $18,000, $79,000$4,000 and $70,000$1,000 for the years ended March 31, 2001, 20022004, and 2003,2006, respectively. There were no advertising expenses in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. Advertising expenses for the six month period ended September 30, 2006 was $3,000 (unaudited). There were no advertising expenses during the six month period ended September 30, 2005 (unaudited).

                                    The        Prior to April 1, 2006, the Company accountsaccounted for stock-based employee compensation arrangementsstock options using the intrinsic value method in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "AccountingAccounting for Stock Issued to Employees"Employees ("APB 25"), and related interpretations, and complies with the disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Interpretation No. 44,Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB No. 25, and had adopted the disclosure-only provisions using the fair value method of SFAS No. 123, "AccountingAccounting for Stock-Based Compensation"Compensation ("SFAS 123"), as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standardsand SFAS No. 148, "AccountingAccounting for Stock-Based Compensation-TransitionCompensation—Transition and Disclosure" ("SFAS 148"). UnderDisclosure. In accordance with APB 25, the Company recognized compensation expense is based oncost for options granted to the difference, if any, onextent the date of the grant, betweenexercise price was lower than the fair value of the Company's sharesunderlying common stock on the date of grant. Prior to April 1, 2006, the Company allocated stock-based compensation costs using the straight line method and recognized the exercise priceeffect of forfeitures when they occurred.

                              On April 1, 2006, the option.

                                    Had compensation cost forCompany adopted SFAS No. 123(R),Share-Based Payment ("SFAS 123(R)"), using the modified prospective transition method. Under this method, the Company's stock-based compensation plan been determinedcosts recognized during the six months ended September 30, 2006 were comprised of compensation costs for all share-based payment awards granted subsequent to April 1, 2006 and of compensation costs related to share-based payment awards that were unvested on April 1, 2006, based on thetheir grant-date fair value at the grant dates for the awards under a method prescribed by SFAS 123 and amended by SFAS 148, the Company's net income would have been decreased, or its net loss increased, to the pro forma amounts indicated below (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                       
                        
                       Year Ended March 31,
                       
                       
                        
                       2001
                       2002
                       2003
                       
                      Net income (loss), as reported $11,328 $(2,069)$(7,438)

                      Add:

                       

                      Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net loss, net of related tax effects

                       

                       

                      1,445

                       

                       

                      1,384

                       

                       

                      995

                       

                      Deduct:

                       

                      Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects

                       

                       

                      (1,931

                      )

                       

                      (2,381

                      )

                       

                      (2,113

                      )

                       

                       

                       

                       



                       



                       



                       

                      Pro forma net income (loss)

                       

                      $

                      10,842

                       

                      $

                      (3,066

                      )

                      $

                      (8,556

                      )

                       

                       

                       

                       



                       



                       



                       

                      Basic net income (loss) per share, as reported

                       

                      $

                      2.73

                       

                      $

                      (0.44

                      )

                      $

                      (1.39

                      )

                       

                       

                       

                       



                       



                       



                       

                      Diluted net income (loss) per share, as reported

                       

                      $

                      0.53

                       

                      $

                      (0.44

                      )

                      $

                      (1.39

                      )

                       

                       

                       

                       



                       



                       



                       

                      Pro forma basic net income (loss) per share

                       

                      $

                      2.61

                       

                      $

                      (0.65

                      )

                      $

                      (1.60

                      )

                       

                       

                       

                       



                       



                       



                       

                      Pro forma diluted net income (loss) per share

                       

                      $

                      0.51

                       

                      $

                      (0.65

                      )

                      $

                      (1.60

                      )

                       

                       

                       

                       



                       



                       



                       

                                    For the purposes of the pro forma disclosures, the Company calculated the fair value of each option grantestimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model andmodel. Prior periods were not restated. As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the following weighted average assumptions:

                       
                       Year Ended March 31,
                       
                       
                       2001
                       2002
                       2003
                       
                      Risk-free interest rate 6.16%4.56%3.82%
                      Expected life 5.13 years 5.02 years 4.45 years 
                      Volatility 75%80%85%
                      Dividend yield 0%0%0%

                      F-10


                                    The weighted average fair valuestatement of options granted during the year ended March 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 was $2.96, $3.63 and $2.70, respectively.

                      Net income (loss) per share

                                    Basic income (loss) per common share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted income per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock, adjustedoperations for the dilutive effectsix months ended September 30, 2006 is based on options ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced by the amount of potential common stock. Potential common stock, computed using the treasury stock method or the if-converted method, includes options, redeemable convertible preferred stock and unvested shares subject to repurchase.estimated forfeitures.

                              The following table sets forthCompany chose the computationstraight-line method of allocating compensation cost over the requisite service period of the related award under SFAS 123(R). The Company calculated the expected term



                      based on the historical average period of time that options were outstanding as adjusted for expected changes in future exercise patterns, which, for options granted in the six months ended September 30, 2006, resulted in an expected term of approximately four years (unaudited). The Company based its estimate of expected volatility on the estimated volatility of similar entities whose share prices are publicly available. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yields in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding to the expected life of the options. The dividend yield is 0%, based on the fact that the Company has never paid dividends and has no present intention to pay dividends. Changes to these assumptions may have a significant impact on the results of operations.

                              The impact of adoption of SFAS 123(R) was to reduce income before tax by $217,000, net income by $212,000 and basic and diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholdersearnings per share (in thousands, except per share amounts)by $0.04 and $0.01, respectively, for the six months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited). SFAS 123(R) requires cash flows, if any, resulting from the tax benefits from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows. Adoption of FAS No. 123(R) did not have an impact on operating and financing cash flows because the Company did not have any excess tax benefits in the period of adoption.

                       
                        
                       Year Ended March 31,
                       
                       
                        
                       2001
                       2002
                       2003
                       
                      Numerator:          
                       Net income (loss) $11,328 $(2,069)$(7,438)

                      Denominator:

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                       Weighted-average common shares outstanding  4,609  4,953  5,454 
                       Less: Unvested common shares subject to repurchase  (452) (240) (120)
                          
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Total shares, basic

                       

                       

                      4,157

                       

                       

                      4,713

                       

                       

                      5,334

                       
                          
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Effect of dilutive securities:

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                       Add: Redeemable convertible preferred stock, using if-converted method  15,089     
                        Stock options, using treasury stock method  1,754     
                        Unvested shares subject to repurchase  452     
                          
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Total shares, diluted

                       

                       

                      21,452

                       

                       

                      4,713

                       

                       

                      5,334

                       
                          
                       
                       
                       

                      Basic net income (loss) per share

                       

                      $

                      2.73

                       

                      $

                      (0.44

                      )

                      $

                      (1.39

                      )
                          
                       
                       
                       

                      Diluted net income (loss) per share

                       

                      $

                      0.53

                       

                      $

                      (0.44

                      )

                      $

                      (1.39

                      )
                          
                       
                       
                       

                              ForPrior to the years ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, common stock equivalentsadoption of approximately 17.3 million and 16.7 million shares, respectively, related to outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock,SFAS No. 123(R), the Company recognized forfeitures of unvested stock options as they occurred. Upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company began estimating future forfeitures and unvested shares subject to repurchase, were excluded fromrecognizing the computationeffect of diluted loss per share as a result of their antidilutive effect. While these common stock equivalents are currently antidilutive, they could be dilutive insuch forfeitures on the future. No shares were antidilutive for the year ended March 31, 2001.

                      Pro forma net (loss) per share

                                    Upon the closinggrant date of the planned initial public offering, eachawards. SFAS No. 123(R) requires a one-time cumulative adjustment at the adoption date to record an estimate of future forfeitures on the unvested outstanding awards. Based on the Company's estimate of the outstanding sharesimpact of redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into sharesfuture forfeitures on the expense recognized for unvested options at the date of common stock. The weighted average number of shares used in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculation for the year ended March 31, 2003adoption, such one-time cumulative adjustment was computed as 5,454,000 weighted average common shares outstanding less 120,000 unvested common shares subjectdetermined to repurchase plus 15,120,000 shares of common stock equivalents from conversion of the preferred stock.be immaterial.

                      F-11


                              The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, "ReportingReporting Comprehensive Income"Income ("SFAS No. 130"). SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income is defined to include all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. For the years ended March 31, 2001, 20022004, 2005 and 2003,2006 and the six month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 (unaudited), there were no other components of other comprehensive income.

                              In November 2002,September 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") reached a consensus on IssueSEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 00-21, "Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables." EITF Issue108, or SAB No. 00-21108,Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements When Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements, which provides interpretive guidance on how the effects of the carryover or reversal of prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. The Company will be required to account for arrangements that involveadopt the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and/or rights to use assets. The provisions of EITF IssueSAB No. 00-21 will apply to revenue arrangements entered into108 in its fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003.year 2008. The Company believes thatdoes not believe the adoption of this standardSAB No. 108 will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.position, results of operations or cash flows.

                              In November 2002,September 2006, the FASB issued FASB InterpretationSFAS No. 45 ("FIN 45"), "Guarantor's Accounting157, Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157 establishes a framework for measuring fair value and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others." FIN 45 requires that a liability be recorded in the guarantor's balance sheet upon issuance of a guarantee. In addition, FIN 45 requiresexpands disclosures about fair value measurements. The changes to current practice resulting from the guarantees that an entity has issued, including a reconciliationapplication of changes inthis Statement relate to the entity's product warranty liabilities.definition of fair value, the methods used to measure fair value, and the expanded disclosures



                      about fair value measurements. The initial recognition and initial measurementCompany will be required to adopt the provisions of FIN 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespective ofSFAS No. 157 beginning with its fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2008. The Company does not believe the guarantor's fiscal year-end. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for annual financial statements ending after December 15, 2002. Significant guarantees that the Company has entered into are disclosed in Note 6 Commitments and Contingencies.

                                    In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure" ("SFAS 148"). SFAS 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in a tabular format. Additionally, SFAS 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect in interim financial statements. The transition and annual disclosure requirementsadoption of SFAS 148 are effective for fiscal years ended after December 15, 2002. The Company has adoptedNo. 157 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

                              In July 2006, the disclosure requirements of SFAS 148 as of March 31, 2003.

                      Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued FASB Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation48,Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an Interpretation of Variable Interest Entities"FASB Statement 109 ("FIN 46"48"). FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present, and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the company has taken or expects to take on a tax return (including a decision whether to file or not to file a return in a particular jurisdiction). Under the Interpretation, the financial statements will reflect expected future tax consequences of such positions presuming the taxing authorities' full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts, but without considering time values. The Interpretation substantially changes the applicable accounting model and is likely to cause greater volatility in income statements as more items are recognized discretely within income tax expense. The Interpretation also revises disclosure requirements and introduces a prescriptive, annual, tabular roll-forward of the unrecognized tax benefits. The Interpretation requires qualitative and quantitative disclosures, including discussion of reasonably possible changes that might occur in the recognized tax benefits over the next 12 months; a description of open tax years by major jurisdictions; and a roll-forward of all unrecognized tax benefits, presented as a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the unrecognized tax benefits on a worldwide aggregated basis. The Interpretation is effective as of the beginning of fiscal years that start after December 15, 2006. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of FIN 48 will have on its financial position and results of operations.

                              In June 2006, EITF No. 06-3,How Sales Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross Versus Net Presentation) ("EITF No. 06-03"), was issued, which states that a company must disclose its accounting policy (i.e., gross or net presentations) regarding presentations of taxes within the scope of EITF No. 06-3. If taxes included in January 2003. FIN 46 requires that ifgross revenue are significant, a company must disclose the amount of these taxes for each period for which an entityincome statement is presented. The disclosures are required for annual and interim financial statements for each period for which an income statement is presented. EITF No. 06-3 will be effective for the primary beneficiaryCompany beginning April 1, 2007. Based on the Company's current evaluation of EITF No. 06-3, the Company does not expect its adoption to have a variable interest entity,material impact on the assets, liabilities andCompany's consolidated results of operations or financial position.

                      NOTE 2—NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE AND PRO FORMA NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

                              The Company applies the provisions of EITF Issue No. 03-6,Participating Securities and the Two—Class Method under FASB Statement 128 ("EITF No. 03-6"), which established standards regarding the computation of earnings per share by companies with participating securities or multiple classes of common stock. The Company's Series A through E redeemable convertible preferred stock are participating securities due to their participation rights related to cash dividends declared by the Company as described in Note 8.

                              Basic net income (loss) available to common stockholders per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average common shares



                      outstanding for the period. The net income (loss) available to common stockholders is calculated by deducting dividends allocable to the Company's redeemable convertible preferred stock from net income (loss) to determine the net income (loss) available to common stockholders.

                              Diluted net income (loss) available to common stockholders per share is computed giving effect to all potentially dilutive common stock, including options and common stock subject to repurchase using the treasury stock method, and all convertible securities using the if-converted method to the extent it is dilutive.

                              The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders per share (in thousands, except per share data):

                       
                       Years Ended March 31,
                       Six Months Ended September 30,
                       
                       
                       2004
                       2005
                       2006
                       2005
                       2006
                       
                       
                        
                        
                        
                       (unaudited)

                       
                      Numerators:                
                      Net income (loss) $(670)$4,780 $4,249 $2,189 $4,497 
                      Net income allocated to participating redeemable convertible preferred stockholders    (901) (901) (451) (451)
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Net income (loss) available to common stockholders—Basic $(670)$3,879 $3,348 $1,738 $4,046 
                      Net income allocated to participating redeemable convertible preferred stockholders    855  855  428  451 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Net income available to common stockholders—Diluted $(670)$4,734 $4,203 $2,166 $4,497 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Denominators:                
                      Weighted average common shares outstanding  5,737  6,112  6,148  6,139  6,216 
                      Weighted average shares—Basic  5,737  6,112  6,148  6,139  6,216 
                      Dilutive effect of employee stock options    1,450  1,438  1,400  1,508 
                      Dilutive effect of redeemable convertible preferred shares    15,000  15,000  15,000  15,120 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Weighted average shares—Dilutive  5,737  22,562  22,586  22,539  22,844 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Net income (loss) per common share—Basic $(0.12)$0.63 $0.54 $0.28 $0.65 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Net income (loss) per common share—Diluted $(0.12)$0.21 $0.19 $0.10 $0.20 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       

                              The following outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock options were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share as they had an antidilutive effect (in thousands):

                       
                       Years Ended March 31,
                       Six Months Ended September 30,
                       
                       2004
                       2005
                       2006
                       2005
                       2006
                       
                        
                        
                        
                       (unaudited)

                      Redeemable convertible preferred stock 15,120 120 120 120 
                      Stock options 3,511 821 883 875 1,036
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                        18,631 941 1,003 995 1,036
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       

                              Unaudited pro forma net income per common share is calculated assuming the conversion of the variable interest entity should be included in the financial statementsredeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into 15,120,168 shares of the entity. The provisions of FIN 46 are effective immediately for all arrangements entered into after January 31, 2003. The Company has not invested in any variable interest entities prior to or after January 31, 2003 and as such, there is no impact to the financial statements expected.Company's common stock (in thousands, except per share data).

                                    In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity." The Statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity and further requires that an issuer classify as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances)

                      F-12


                       
                       Year Ended March 31,
                      2006

                       Six Months Ended
                      September 30, 2006

                       
                       (unaudited)

                       (unaudited)

                      Numerator:      
                      Net income $4,249 $4,497
                      Denominator:      
                      Weighted average common shares outstanding  6,148  6,216
                      Add: Adjustments to reflect the weighted average effect of the assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock  15,120  15,120
                        
                       
                      Total weighted average shares used in computing basic pro forma net income per common share  21,268  21,336
                        
                       
                      Add: Adjustments to reflect the effect of the assumed exercise of employee stock options outstanding  1,438  1,508
                      Total weighted average shares used in computing diluted pro forma net income per common share  22,706  22,844
                        
                       
                      Pro forma net income per common share:      
                       Basic $0.20 $0.21
                        
                       
                       Diluted $0.19 $0.20
                        
                       


                      financial instruments that fall within its scope because that financial instrument embodies an obligation of the issuer. Many such instruments were previously classified as equity. The statement is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003, except for mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities. For mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of a nonpublic entity, this Statement is effective for existing or new contracts for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2003. The Statement is to be implemented by reporting the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle for financial instruments created before the issuance of the date of the Statement and still existing at the beginning of the interim period of adoption. Restatement is not permitted. The Company has not completed the process of evaluating the impact on its financial statements that will result from adopting this standard.


                      NOTE 2—3—BALANCE SHEET DETAIL (In

                       
                       March 31,
                        
                       
                       September 30,
                      2006

                       
                       2005
                       2006
                       
                        
                        
                       (unaudited)

                       
                       (in thousands)

                      Inventories:         
                       Finished goods $6,663 $7,826 $8,842
                       Work-in-progress  4,077  3,601  6,060
                       Inventory at distributors  1,299  1,173  1,430
                        
                       
                       
                        $12,039 $12,600 $16,332
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       March 31,
                       
                       
                       2005
                       2006
                       
                       
                       (in thousands)

                       
                      Accounts receivable, net:       
                       Accounts receivable $5,097 $4,508 
                       Less: Reserve for sales returns, doubtful accounts and other allowances  (150) (213)
                        
                       
                       
                        $4,947 $4,295 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       March 31,
                       
                       
                       2005
                       2006
                       
                       
                       (in thousands)

                       
                      Prepaid expenses and other current assets:       
                       Prepaid tooling and masks $360 $1,120 
                       Other prepaid expenses  405  704 
                        
                       
                       
                        $765 $1,824 
                        
                       
                       
                      Property and equipment, net:       
                       Computer and other equipment $4,688 $5,758 
                       Software  1,211  1,320 
                       Furniture and fixtures  427  227 
                       Leasehold improvements  252  277 
                        
                       
                       
                         6,578  7,582 
                       Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization  (4,868) (5,376)
                        
                       
                       
                        $1,710 $2,206 
                        
                       
                       

                              Depreciation and amortization expense was $1,009,000, $926,000 and $893,000 for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and $436,000 (unaudited) and $421,000 (unaudited) for the six month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively (in thousands)
                      .

                       
                       March 31,
                       
                       
                       2002
                       2003
                       
                      Accounts receivable, net:       
                       Accounts receivable $3,065 $2,977 
                       Less:  Allowance for doubtful accounts  (240) (209)
                                  Reserve for sales returns and other allowances  (437) (227)
                        
                       
                       
                        $2,388 $2,541 
                        
                       
                       
                      Inventories:       
                       Finished goods $895 $803 
                       Work-in-progress  10,808  5,901 
                       Inventory at distributors  1,062  877 
                        
                       
                       
                        $12,765 $7,581 
                        
                       
                       
                      Prepaid expenses and other current assets:       
                       Income tax receivable $52 $2,189 
                       Prepaid tooling and masks  901  456 
                       Prepaid anti-dumping duty  792   
                       Receivable from subcontractor    394 
                       Other prepaid expenses  495  340 
                        
                       
                       
                        $2,240 $3,379 
                        
                       
                       
                              

                      F-13


                      Property and equipment, net:       
                       Computer and other equipment $2,342 $4,257 
                       Software  1,171  1,194 
                       Furniture and fixtures  334  336 
                       Leasehold improvements  153  157 
                        
                       
                       
                         4,000  5,944 
                       Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization  (1,933) (3,005)
                        
                       
                       
                        $2,067 $2,939 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       March 31,
                       
                       2002
                       2003
                      Accrued expenses and other liabilities:      
                       Accrued compensation $173 $136
                       Accrued professional fees  232  201
                       Accrued commissions  248  163
                       Accrued royalties  200  27
                       Other accrued expenses  220  173
                        
                       
                        $1,073 $700
                        
                       
                       
                       March 31,
                       
                       2005
                       2006
                       
                       (in thousands)

                      Other Assets:      
                       Non-current deferred income taxes $270 $1,217
                       Deposits  91  89
                        
                       
                        $361 $1,306
                        
                       
                       
                       March 31,
                       
                       2005
                       2006
                       
                       (in thousands)

                      Accrued expenses and other liabilities:      
                       Accrued compensation $305 $345
                       Accrued professional fees  235  250
                       Accrued commissions  238  173
                       Accrued royalties  15  22
                       Accrued income taxes  1,698  112
                       Other accrued expenses  198  378
                        
                       
                        $2,689 $1,280
                        
                       


                      NOTE 3—4—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

                              Together, HolyStone Enterprises Co. Ltd., its subsidiaries, and its Chief Executive Officer, who is also a director of the Company, hold approximately 37%22% of the outstanding shares of Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, 38%redeemable convertible preferred stock, 24% of the outstanding shares of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stockredeemable convertible preferred stock and 18%15% of the outstanding shares of Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stockredeemable convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 20022005 and 2003.2006 and September 30, 2006 (unaudited). The Company has made sales of $2,322,000, $273,000$1,001,000, $1,115,000 and $324,000$1,200,000 to HolyStone Enterprises Co. Ltd. during the years ended March 31, 2001, 20022004, 2005 and 2003,2006, respectively. The Company made sales of $689,000 (unaudited) and $1,177,000 (unaudited) to HolyStone Enterprises Co. Ltd. during the six month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

                              The Company has a receivable balance of $95,000$123,000, $157,000 and $83,000$456,000 (unaudited) from HolyStone Enterprises Co. Ltd. at March 31, 20022005 and 2003,2006 and September 30, 2006, respectively.

                                    One of the Company's former directors is also a director of Chantek Electronic Co. Ltd. During the year ended March 31, 2001, the Company acquired services in the amount of $150,000 from Chantek Electronic Co. Ltd. During the years ended March 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company did not acquire any services from Chantek Electronic Co. Ltd.

                      F-14





                      NOTE 4—5—INCOME TAXES

                              The income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following (in thousands):



                       Year Ended March 31,
                       
                       Year Ended March 31,
                       


                       2001
                       2002
                       2003
                       
                       2004
                       2005
                       2006
                       
                      Current:Current:       Current:       
                      U.S. federal $ $1,123 $875 
                      U.S. federal $7,698 $(690)$(2,740)Foreign   13 
                      State 1,193 (60) (370)State  13 17 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                       8,891 (750) (3,110)   1,136 905 
                       
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       
                       
                      Deferred:Deferred:       Deferred:       
                      U.S. federal (872) (169) 2,062 U.S. federal  (596) (544)
                      State (32) (271) 428 Foreign    
                       
                       
                       
                       State  (695) (190)
                       (904) (440) 2,490   
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                          (1,291) (734)
                       $7,987 $(1,190)$(620)  
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                         $ $(155)$171 
                       
                       
                       
                       

                              The income tax expense (benefit) differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory income tax rate to pre-tax income as follows (in thousands):


                       Year Ended March 31,
                        Year Ended March 31,
                       

                       2001
                       2002
                       2003
                        2004
                       2005
                       2006
                       
                      U.S. Federal taxes at statutory rate $6,760 $(1,108)$(2,740) $(228)$1,572 $1,503 
                      State taxes, net of federal benefit 724 (121) (307) 61 130 (109)
                      Stock-based compensation 559 471 338  179 40 32 
                      Tax credits (138) (472) (78) (220) (219) (228)
                      Valuation allowance   2,480  (782) (1,698)  
                      Release of tax reserve   (895)
                      Other 82 40 (313) 990 20 (132)
                       
                       
                       
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       $7,987 $(1,190)$(620) $ $(155)$171 
                       
                       
                       
                        
                       
                       
                       

                              The income tax expense for the year ended ended March 31, 2006 reflects the release of $895,000 of tax reserves following the conclusion of an income tax audit by the Internal Revenue Service.



                              Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):



                       March 31,
                       
                       March 31,


                       2002
                       2003
                       
                       2005
                       2006
                      Deferred tax assets:Deferred tax assets:     Deferred tax assets:    
                      Deferred revenue $271 $216 Deferred revenue $639 $582
                      Tax credits 472 805 Tax credits 490 637
                      Net operating losses  164 Property and equipment  580
                      Other reserves and accruals 1,879 1,717 Other reserves and accruals 382 226
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       2,622 2,902   1,511 2,025

                      Deferred tax liabilities:

                      Deferred tax liabilities:

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                      Deferred tax liabilities:    
                      Property and equipment (132) (422)Property and equipment (220) 
                       
                       
                         
                       
                      Net deferred tax assetsNet deferred tax assets 2,490 2,480 Net deferred tax assets $1,291 $2,025
                      Valuation allowance  (2,480)
                       
                       
                         
                       
                       $2,490 $ 
                       
                       
                       

                      F-15


                              The Company's federal and state research tax credit carryforwards for income tax purposes are approximately $253,000$0 and $451,000,$951,000, respectively, as of March 31, 2003. As of March 31, 2003, if not utilized, the federal tax credit carryforwards will begin to expire in 2023.2006. The Company also has approximately $101,000$17,000 in Manufacturer's Investment Creditstate manufacturer's investment credit carryforwards as of March 31, 2003. State credits carryforward indefinitely.2006, which begin to expire on March 31, 2012.

                              The internal revenue code limitsDuring the use of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in certain situations where changes occur in the stock ownership of a Company. In the eventyear ended March 31, 2005, the Company has haddetermined that there was sufficient positive evidence, including a change in ownership, utilization of the carryforwards could be restricted.

                                    Management believes that, based on a number of factors, the available objective evidence creates sufficient uncertainty regarding the realizability of the deferred tax assets such that a full valuation allowance has been recorded. These factors include the Company'srecent history of losses, the fact that the market in which the Company competes is intensely competitive and characterized by rapidly changing technology and the lack of carryback capacity to realize deferred tax assets. Based on the currently available evidence, management is unable to assert that it is more likely than not that the Company will generate sufficientgenerating taxable income, to realizerelease the Company's deferred tax assets. Theasset valuation allowance that was recorded as of March 31, 2004. Accordingly, the Company will continue to assess the realizability of thereleased its deferred tax assets based on actual and forecasted operating results.valuation allowance of $1,698,000 during the year ended March 31, 2005.


                      NOTE 5—6—BORROWINGS

                              At March 31, 2003,2006, the Company had a line of credit with Chiao TungMega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd., which expired on May 9, 2003.2006. The line of credit has subsequently been renewed until May 9, 2004.2007. The line of credit provides for borrowings of up to $4,000,000 which are collateralized by a certificate of deposit of $1,000,000, certain accounts receivable balances and finished goods inventory. Borrowing is limited to $1,000,000 plus 70% of eligible United States accounts receivable balances and 35% of finished goods inventory with a sublimit of $500,000 for inventory. The terms of the line of credit include various covenants, the more restrictive of which requires the Company to maintain a working capital ratio of not less than 1.5 to 1, a tangible net worth, including redeemable convertible preferred stock, of not less than $15,000,000 and a debt to net worth ratio of less than 2 to 1. The Company's agreement with Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. contains a negative covenant, which precludes the Company from declaring dividends, other than dividends payable in stock, without the prior written consent of Mega International Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. The Company has been in compliance with these covenants during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006 and for the six month period ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited).

                              The first $1,000,000 of borrowings bear interest at the bank's reference rate (4.25%(8.25% at March 31, 2003)September 30, 2006) (unaudited). Borrowings in excess of $1.0 million$1,000,000 bear interest at the bank's reference rate plus 1.00%. No amounts were outstanding under the line of credit at March 31, 20022005 or 2003.2006 and September 30, 2006 (unaudited).



                      NOTE 6—7—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

                              The Company leases office space and equipment under noncancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through June 2005.May 2010. Rent expense for the years ended March 31, 2001, 20022004, 2005 and 20032006 was $429,000,$568,000, $481,000 and $537,000, respectively. Rent expense for the six month periods ended September 30, 2005 and $567,000,2006 was $277,000 (unaudited) and $264,000 (unaudited), respectively. The terms of the facility lease provide for rental payments on a graduated scale. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period, and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.

                      F-16


                              Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with remaining lease terms in excess of one year at March 31, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):

                      Year Ending March 31,

                       Operating
                      Leases

                      2004 $460
                      2005  422
                      2006  100
                        
                        $982
                        
                      Year Ending March 31,

                       Operating
                      Leases

                      2007 $612
                      2008  385
                      2009  273
                      2010  282
                      2011  47
                      Thereafter  
                        
                      Total $1,599
                        

                              The companyCompany has license agreements to pay royalties on sale of products using the licensed technology through fiscal year 2007. Royalty expense for the years ended March 31, 2001, 20022004, 2005 and 20032006 was nil, $200,000$154,000, $147,000 and $114,000,$141,000, respectively. Royalty expense for the six month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 was $119,000 (unaudited) and $101,000 (unaudited), respectively.

                              The Company is a party to a variety of agreements pursuant to which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party with respect to certain matters. Typically, these obligations arise in the context of contracts entered into by the Company, under which the Company customarily agrees to hold the other party harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations and covenants related to such matters as title to assets sold and certain intellectual property rights. In each of these circumstances, payment by the Company is conditioned on the other party making a claim pursuant to the procedures specified in the particular contract, which procedures typically allow the Company to challenge the other party's claims. Further, the Company's obligations under these agreements may be limited in terms of time and/or amount, and in some instances, the Company may have recourse against third parties for certain payments made by it under these agreements.

                              It is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments under these or similar agreements due to the conditional nature of the Company's obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by the Company under these agreements did not have a material effect on its business, financial condition, cash flows or



                      results of operations. The Company believes that if it were to incur a loss in any of these matters, such loss should not have a material effect on its business, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

                              The Company warrants its products to be free of defects generally for a period of three years. The Company estimates its warranty costs based on historical warranty claim experience and applies this estimate to the revenue stream for products under warranty. Theseincludes such costs are included in cost of revenues when incurred andrevenues. Warranty costs were not significant for the years ended March 31, 2001, 20022004, 2005 and 2003.2006 or for the six month period ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited).

                              From time to time, the Company may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of day-to-day operations. As of September 30, 2006 (unaudited), the Company was not engaged in any legal proceedings that were expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. See Note 13 for a description of certain pending litigation.

                      F-17



                      NOTE 7—8—REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

                              Redeemable convertible preferred stock at March 31, 20022005 and 20032006 and September 30, 2006 (unaudited) consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):


                       Shares
                      Designated,
                      Issued and
                      Outstanding

                       Liquidation
                      Amount

                       Shares
                      Issued and
                      Outstanding

                       Liquidation
                      Amount

                      Series A 4,350,000 $870 4,350,000 $870
                      Series B 7,260,000 2,722 7,260,000 2,722
                      Series C 253,500 254 253,500 254
                      Series D 3,136,668 4,705 3,136,668 4,705
                      Series E 120,000 456 120,000 456
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       15,120,168 $9,007 15,120,168 $9,007
                       
                       
                       
                       

                                    In February 2000, based upon stockholders' approval, the Company exchanged 10,650,168 shares of Common Stock for 7,260,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 253,500 shares of Series C Preferred Stock and 3,136,668 shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

                              The holders of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stockredeemable convertible preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

                              The holders of any series of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stockredeemable convertible preferred stock will have the same voting rights as a holder of the Common Stock.common stock.

                              In every vote for the election of directors, each holder of shares of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stockredeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stockcommon stock into which such shares of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stockredeemable convertible preferred stock could be converted pursuant to conversion at the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote in the election or, if no such record date is established, the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited.

                              Holders of Series A, B, C, D and E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stockredeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the per annum rate of $0.02, $0.0375, $0.10, $0.15 and $0.38 per share, respectively, when and if declared by the Board of Directors.Directors, prior to and in preference of any distribution to common stockholders. No dividends on Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stockredeemable convertible preferred stock or Common Stockcommon stock have been declared by the Board of Directors from inception through March 31, 2003.September 30, 2006 (unaudited).

                              In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, including a merger or consolidation in which its stockholders do not retain a majority of the voting power in the surviving corporation, or a sale of substantially all assets, the funds and assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be legally distributed to the Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stockholdersholders of Series A, B, C, D and E redeemable convertible preferred stock in an

                      F-18


                      amount per share equal to the original price of such series which is $0.20, $0.375, $1.00, $1.50 and $3.80, respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends of such share of such series of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock.shares. Then, prior and in preference to any further distribution to the Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stockholders,holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock, each Common Stockholderholder of common stock shall be entitled to receive a maximum of $0.02 per share for each share of Common Stockcommon stock then held. In addition to the above, holders of Series A, B, C, D and E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock shall receive any available funds and assets remaining after payment, or distribution or setting aside, to the holders of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Common Stock of their full preferential amounts. SuchAny remaining available funds and assets shall be distributed among the holders of the Common Stockcommon stock and the Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stockredeemable convertible preferred stock in proportion to the shares of Common Stockcommon stock held by them and the shares of Common Stockcommon stock, which they then have the right to acquire upon conversion of shares of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stockredeemable convertible preferred stock then held by them.

                              Should the Company's legally available assets be insufficient to satisfy the liquidation preferences, the funds will be distributed among the then outstanding holders of Series A, B, C, D and E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock,redeemable convertible preferred stock, on aan equal priority andpari passu basis according to their liquidation preferences.

                              Each Shareshare of Series A, B, C, D and E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stockredeemable convertible preferred stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder, according to a conversion ratio of 1 to 1, subject to adjustment for dilution, into the Company's Common Stock.common stock. Each share of Series A, B, C, D and E Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stockredeemable convertible preferred stock automatically converts into fully paid nonassessable shares of Common Stockcommon stock into which such shares are convertible at the then effective conversion ratio upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933 covering the offer and sale of common stock for the account of the Company, other than a registration relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 under the Act or to an employee benefit plan of the Company, in which the aggregate public offering price (before deduction of underwriters discounts and commission) equals or exceeds $10,000,000 and the public offering price per share of which equals or exceeds $8.00 per share before deduction of underwriters' discounts and commissions.$10,000,000.


                      NOTE 8—9—COMMON STOCK

                              The Company's ArticlesCertificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizeauthorizes the Company to issue 30,000,000150,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value Common Stock. A portion of the shares that have been sold are subject to a right of repurchase by the Company subject to vesting. At March 31, 2003, there were 120,000 shares subject to repurchase. The Company's repurchase right will lapse with respect to these shares on December 1, 2003, provided in each case that the purchaser's continuous status as an employee is not terminated prior to the date of any such release.common stock.



                      NOTE 9—10—STOCK OPTION PLAN
                      PLANS

                              In 1997, the Company adopted the 1997 Stock Plan (the "Plan""1997 Plan"). The 1997 Plan provides for the granting of stock options and stock purchase rights to employees and consultants of the Company. Options granted under the 1997 Plan may be either incentive stock options ("ISOs") or nonstatutory stock options. Incentive stock options ("ISO"NSOs"). ISOs may be granted only to Company employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). Nonqualified stock options ("NSO")NSOs may be granted to Company

                      F-19



                      employees and consultants. The Company has reserved 8,450,000 shares of Common Stockcommon stock for issuance under the 1997 Plan.

                              In February 2001, the Company adopted the 2000 stock option planStock Option Plan (the "2000 plan"Plan"). The plan provides for the granting of stock options and stock purchase rights to employees, consultants and directors of the Company. (OptionsOptions granted under the plan2000 Plan may be either incentive stock optionsISOs or nonstatutory stock options.) Incentive stock options ("ISO") may be granted only toNSOs. As of September 30, 2006, the Company employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). Nonqualified stock options ("NSO") may be granted to Company employees and consultants. The Company hashad reserved 3,000,000 shares of Common Stockcommon stock for issuance under the 2000 plan.Plan.

                              In February 2001, the Company also elected to terminate the 1997 plan.Plan. The termination of the 1997 planPlan included the provisions that no further options shall be granted under the 1997 plan.Plan. However, the outstanding options and the shares issued upon exercise of the options granted under the 1997 Plan shall continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the 1997 plan.Plan. All 2,748,298 shares not granted as of the adoption of the 2000 planPlan were cancelled.

                              Options under both the 1997 and 2000 Plans may be granted for periods of up to ten years, however in the case of ISOs granted to an optionee who, at the time the option is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the term of the option shall be 5 years from the date of grant. The exercise price of an ISO and NSO shall not be less than 100% and 85% of the estimated fair value of the shares as determined by the Board of Directors on the date of grant, respectively, however the exercise price of an ISO and NSO granted to a 10% stockholder shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant, respectively. To date, the initial options granted to each person generally vest 25% on the first anniversary and subsequent anniversaries of the date of grant. After the initial grant of options to each individual, additional options are granted on a regular basis that vest one year after the last grant to that individual vest.

                              Stock purchase rights under the Plan1997 and 2000 Plans may be granted to employees and consultants and gives the grantee the right to purchase common stock at a certain price within a limited period of time. On

                      F-20



                      exercise of a stock purchase right, the Company receives a right to repurchase the Common Stock at the original purchase price, which expires over a vesting period of usually four years.

                              On April 7, 2004, the Company's board of directors authorized the adoption of the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2004 Plan"). The maximum aggregate number of shares of stock that may be issued under the 2004 Plan is 3,000,000 as of September 30, 2006. This amount automatically increases on April 1, 2006 and each subsequent anniversary through 2014, by an amount equal to the lesser of (a) five percent (5%) of the number of shares of stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding March 31, or (b) 1,500,000 shares. The 2004 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance awards and deferred compensation awards. Options granted under the 2004 Plan may be either ISOs, as defined under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or NSOs. There was no activity under the 2004 Plan in the year ended March 31, 2006 or in the six month period ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited).

                              On April 7, 2004, the Company's board of directors authorized the adoption of the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan"). The maximum aggregate number of shares of stock that may be issued under the Purchase Plan is 500,000. In addition, the Purchase Plan provides for an

                       
                       Shares
                      Available
                      for Grant

                       Number of
                      Options
                      Outstanding

                       Exercise
                      Price

                       Weighted
                      Average
                      Exercise
                      Price

                      Balance at March 31, 2000 3,170,348 3,507,527 $0.04-2.00 $0.42
                       
                      Options reserved

                       

                      3,000,000

                       


                       

                       


                       

                       

                       Granted (934,800)934,800  2.00-5.40  3.45
                       Exercised  (631,950) 0.04-0.15  0.07
                       Repurchase of restricted stock 120,000   0.15  0.15
                       Cancelled (2,575,048)(173,250) 0.15-3.80  1.05
                        
                       
                            
                      Balance at March 31, 2001 2,780,500 3,637,127  0.04-0.15  1.23
                       
                      Granted

                       

                      (562,993

                      )

                      562,993

                       

                       

                      5.40

                       

                       

                      5.40
                       Exercised  (411,800) 0.04-2.00  0.13
                       Cancelled 200 (207,950) 0.15-5.40  3.00
                        
                       
                            
                      Balance at March 31, 2002 2,217,707 3,580,370  0.04-5.40  1.91
                       
                      Granted

                       

                      (142,600

                      )

                      142,600

                       

                       

                      4.00-5.40

                       

                       

                      4.08
                       Exercised  (626,250) 0.04-2.00  0.12
                       Cancelled 33,375 (106,375) 0.15-5.40  2.83
                        
                       
                            
                      Balance at March 31, 2003 2,108,482 2,990,345 $0.04-5.40 $2.36
                        
                       
                            


                      automatic annual increase in the number of shares available for issuance under the plan on April 1 of each year beginning in 2006 and continuing through 2014 equal to the smallest of (1) one percent of our then outstanding shares of common stock on the immediately preceding March 1, (2) 250,000 shares or (3) a number of shares as our Board may determine. The Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 with the purpose of providing employees with an opportunity to purchase the Company's common stock through accumulated payroll deductions. There was no activity under the Purchase Plan in the year ended March 31, 2006 or in the six month period ended September 2006 (unaudited).

                       
                       Shares
                      Available
                      for Grant

                       Number of
                      Options
                      Outstanding

                       Weighted
                      Average
                      Remaining
                      Contractual
                      Life (Years)

                       Weighted
                      Average
                      Exercise
                      Price

                       Intrinsic
                      Value

                      Balance at March 31, 2003 2,108,482 2,990,345   $2.36   
                       Options reserved 3,000,000        
                       Granted (1,053,043)1,053,043    2.50   
                       Exercised  (439,425)   0.15 $1,498,000
                       Forfeited 72,400 (92,700)   4.33   
                        
                       
                              
                      Balance at March 31, 2004 4,127,839 3,511,263    2.63   
                       Granted (103,400)103,400    4.25   
                       Exercised  (58,800)   0.85  262,000
                       Forfeited 45,725 (49,750)   3.23   
                        
                       
                              
                      Balance at March 31, 2005 4,070,164 3,506,113    2.70   
                       Granted (130,400)130,400    4.50   
                       Exercised  (35,936)   1.27  106,000
                       Forfeited 84,414 (97,614)   3.43   
                        
                       
                              
                      Balance at March 31, 2006 4,024,178 3,502,963    2.76   
                       Granted (unaudited) (176,000)176,000    5.73   
                       Exercised (unaudited)  (114,500)   0.31  579,000
                       Forfeited (unaudited) 203,338 (203,338)   3.90   
                        
                       
                              
                      Balance at September 30, 2006 (unaudited) 4,051,516 3,361,125   $2.93   
                        
                       
                            
                      Options vested and exercisable   2,716,378 4.41 $2.72 $8,221,245
                          
                            
                      Options vested and expected to vest   3,338,910 5.09 $2.92 $9,453,992
                          
                            

                              The options outstanding and by exercise price at March 31, 20032006 are as follows:


                        
                       Options Outstanding
                       Options Exercisable
                        
                       Options Outstanding
                       Options Exercisable
                      Exercise Price

                       Number
                      Outstanding

                       Weighted
                      Average
                      Exercise
                      Price

                       Weighted
                      Average
                      Remaining
                      Contractual
                      Life (Years)

                       Number
                      Vested and
                      Exercisable

                       Weighted
                      Average
                      Exercise
                      Price

                       Number
                      Outstanding

                       Weighted
                      Average
                      Exercise
                      Price

                       Weighted
                      Average
                      Remaining
                      Contractual
                      Life (Years)

                       Number
                      Vested and
                      Exercisable

                       Weighted
                      Average
                      Exercise
                      Price

                      $0.04 39,000 $0.04 4.49 39,000 $0.04 25,000 $0.04 1.61 25,000 $0.04
                      $0.15 1,084,725 $0.15 5.21 914,275 $0.15 596,500 $0.15 3.15 596,500 $0.15
                      $2.00 846,202 $2.00 6.88 439,688 $2.00 790,227 $2.00 4.02 790,227 $2.00
                      $3.80 74,000 $3.80 7.32 37,000 $3.80
                      $2.10 750,342 $2.10 7.29 435,859 $2.10
                      $3.50-3.80 293,101 $3.58 6.84 142,672 $3.66
                      $4.00 130,000 $4.00 9.50  $ 126,800 $4.00 6.96 81,650 $4.00
                      $4.50 114,800 $4.50 9.38  
                      $4.70 8,000 $4.70 7.87 4,000 $4.70
                      $5.40 816,418 $5.40 8.13 189,350 $5.40 778,193 $5.40 5.16 772,443 $5.40
                      $6.00 20,000 $6.00 8.00 5,000 $6.00
                       
                           
                         
                           
                        
                       2,990,345     1,619,313   3,502,963     2,853,351  
                       
                           
                         
                           
                        

                      F-21


                                    The Company recorded deferred stock-based compensation due to the issuances of stock options below the fair market value at the time, which is being recognized over the vesting period of the related stock options on a straight-line basis. The Company has reversed deferred stock-based compensation of nil, $6,000 and $120,000 during the years ended March 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, due to forfeitures resulting from termination of employment. Future compensation charges are subject to reduction for any employee who terminates employment prior to the expiration of such employee's option vesting period. Unamortized deferred stock-based compensation was $1,646,000 and $531,000 at March 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

                              The Company recognized $1,445,000, $1,384,000$528,000, $119,000 and $995,000$95,000 of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended March 31, 2001, 20022004, 2005 and 2003,2006, respectively, and $48,000 (unaudited) and $217,000 (unaudited) for the six month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively, all relating to stock options, as follows (in thousands):


                       Year Ended March 31,
                       Six Months Ended
                      September 30,



                       Year Ended March 31,
                       2004
                       2005
                       2006
                       2005
                       2006


                       2001
                       2002
                       2003
                        
                        
                        
                       (unaudited)

                      Cost of revenuesCost of revenues $507 $474 $299 $74 $17 $13 $7 $41
                      Research and developmentResearch and development 608 615 563 387 87 70 35 95
                      Selling, general and administrativeSelling, general and administrative 330 295 133 67 15 12 6 81
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Total $528 $119 $95 $48 $217
                      Total $1,445 $1,384 $995 
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       

                              DuringThe Company recognized related income tax benefits of $0, $0 and $0 in the yearyears ended March 31, 2003,2004, 2005, 2006 and $0 (unaudited) and $5,000 (unaudited) in the Company granted 8,000six months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively. There were no windfall tax benefits realized from exercised stock options to a consultant in exchange for services performed during that year.the six months ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited). Compensation cost capitalized into inventory at September 30, 2006 was insignificant (unaudited). As of September 30, 2006, the Company's total unrecognized compensation cost was $961,000 (unaudited), which will be recognized over the weighted average period of 1.87 years (unaudited).



                              The Company calculated the fair value of those options to be $30,000each option grant in the periods presented using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following weighted average assumptions: risk free interest rate

                       
                       Year Ended March 31,
                       Six Months Ended September 30,
                       
                       
                       2004
                       2005
                       2006
                       2005
                       2006
                       
                       
                        
                        
                        
                       (unaudited)

                       
                      Risk-free interest rate 2.97%3.43%3.99%3.99%4.86%
                      Expected life (in years) 4.48 4.63 4.00 4.00 4.00 
                      Volatility 80%75%73%73%71%
                      Dividend yield 0%0%0%0%0%

                      The weighted average fair value of 3.82%; expected life of 4.45 years; volatility of 85%; and dividend yield of 0%. Stock based compensation expense of $30,000 related to these options was recognizedgranted during the yearyears ended March 31, 2003.2004, 2005 and 2006 was $1.53, $2.69 and $2.57 respectively. The weighted average fair value of options granted during the six month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 was $2.57 (unaudited) and $3.25 (unaudited), respectively.

                              Had compensation cost for the Company's stock-based compensation plans been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for the awards under a method prescribed by SFAS 123 and amended by SFAS 148 prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company's pro forma net income (loss) would have been (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                       
                       Year Ended March 31,
                       Six Months
                      Ended
                      September 30,
                      2005

                       
                       
                       2004
                       2005
                       2006
                       
                       
                        
                        
                        
                       (unaudited)

                       
                      Net income (loss), as reported $(670)$4,780 $4,249 $2,189 
                      Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income (loss), net of related tax effects  528  119  95  48 
                      Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects  (1,321) (1,154) (675) (369)
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Pro forma net income (loss) $(1,463)$3,745 $3,669 $1,868 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Basic net income (loss) per share available to common stockholders:             
                      As reported $(0.12)$0.63 $0.54 $0.28 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Pro forma $(0.25)$0.47 $0.45 $0.23 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Diluted net income (loss) per share available to common stockholders:             
                      As reported $(0.12)$0.21 $0.19 $0.10 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       
                      Pro forma $(0.25)$0.16 $0.16 $0.08 
                        
                       
                       
                       
                       


                      NOTE 10—11—SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

                              The Company has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131 "DisclosureDisclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS 131")Information. Based on its operating management and financial reporting structure, the Company has determined that it has one reportable business segment: the design, development and sale of integrated circuits.

                              The following is a summary of net revenue by geographic area based on the location to which product is shipped (in thousands):


                       Year Ended March 31,
                       Six Months Ended
                      September 30,


                       Year Ended March 31,
                       2004
                       2005
                       2006
                       2005
                       2006

                       2001
                       2002
                       2003
                        
                        
                        
                       (unaudited)

                      United States $43,506 $15,981 $10,999 $16,051 $21,998 $22,299 $10,868 $14,386
                      China 4,246 2,114 6,848 8,077 9,765 5,632 3,897 3,019
                      Malaysia 6,942 8,759 9,305 4,182 5,932
                      Rest of the world 25,901 6,731 3,134 4,349 5,214 5,905 2,693 5,592
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       


                       

                      $

                      73,653

                       

                      $

                      24,826

                       

                      $

                      20,981
                       $35,419 $45,736 $43,141 $21,640 $28,929
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       

                              All sales are denominated in United States dollars.

                      F-22



                              The locations and net book value of long-lived assets are as follows (in thousands):


                       March 31,
                        

                       March 31,
                       2005
                       2006
                       September 30, 2006

                       2002
                       2003
                        
                        
                       (unaudited)

                      United States $1,943 $2,857 $1,493 $1,006 $716
                      Taiwan 124 82 217 1,200 1,148
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       


                       

                      $

                      2,067

                       

                      $

                      2,939
                       $1,710 $2,206 $1,864
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       


                      NOTE 11—12—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

                              The Company provides a defined contribution retirement plan (the "Retirement Plan"), which qualifies under Section 408(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1996. The Retirement Plan covers essentially all United States employees. Eligible employees may make contributions to the Retirement Plan up to 15% of their annual compensation, but no greater than the annual IRS limitation for any plan year. The Retirement Plan does not provide for Company contributions.


                      NOTE 12—ANTI-DUMPING DUTY
                      13—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

                              A significant percentage of the Company products are manufactured by independent wafer foundries and subcontractors located in Taiwan. In the pastOn October 23, 2006, the Company was subject to anti-dumping proceedings in whichserved with a competitor alleged that the Company's Taiwan-manufactured products were being soldcivil antitrust complaint filed by Reclaim Center, Inc. and other plaintiffs in the United States at less than their fair value. In April 1998,District Court for the Northern District of California against the Company and a number of other semiconductor companies. The complaint was filed on behalf of a purported class of indirect purchasers of SRAM products throughout the United States DepartmentStates. The complaint alleges that the defendants conspired to raise the price of Commerce, or DOC, issued an anti-dumping order and imposed a dutySRAM in violation of 12.1%Section 1 of the valueSherman Act, the California Cartwright Act, and several other state antitrust, unfair competition and consumer protection statutes. Shortly thereafter, a number of similar complaints were filed by other plaintiffs in various jurisdictions on behalf of purported classes of both direct and



                      indirect purchasers. The Company has been served in some but not all of these subsequent actions. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to the allegations in the complaints, and the Company intends to defend these lawsuits vigorously. However, the litigation is in the preliminary stage and the Company cannot predict its outcome. The litigation process is inherently uncertain. Multidistrict antitrust litigation is particularly complex and can extend for a protracted time which can substantially increase the cost of such litigation. The defense of these lawsuits is also expected to divert the efforts and attention of some of the Company's Taiwan-manufactured products imported for salekey management and technical personnel. As a result, the Company's defense of this litigation, regardless of its eventual outcome, will likely be costly and time consuming. Should the outcome of the litigation be adverse to the Company, it could be required to pay significant monetary damages which could adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

                              In December 2006, the Company's Board of Directors and stockholders approved an increase in the United States, retroactive to October 1997. The duty was subsequently increased to 51.3% on products importednumber of shares reserved for sale between October 1998 and March 1999. The Company continued to accrue duties at the rateissuance of 51.3% on Taiwan-manufactured products imported for sale subsequent to March 1999. These duties were recorded as a cost of revenues as products subject to the duties were sold. In August 2000, the Court of International Trade issued a ruling that our Taiwan-manufactured products do not materially injure, or threaten to injure, the U.S. industry. In January 2002, the DOC revoked its anti-dumping order, retroactive to October 1997 and the United States Customs Service ("USCS") was ordered to refund, with interest, all duties depositedstock options under the 1998 anti-dumping order. The Company had paid an aggregate2000 Plan by 500,000 shares. At the same time, the Board of $3,938,000 through the date of the refund order, of which $2,161,000 had been charged to cost of revenues during the period from the 1998 anti-dumping order date through March 31, 2001. The balance of the payments of $1,777,000 were reclassified to receivable from USCS on the date of the refund order. The Company received $3,542,000 of refunds during the year ended March 31, 2002, of which $2,161,000 was credited to cost of revenues, $396,000 was credited to interest income and $985,000 was credited to the receivable from USCS. The Company received $876,000 of refunds during the year ended March 31, 2003, of which $792,000 was credited to receivables and $84,000 was credited to interest income.


                      NOTE 13—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

                      Initial public offering

                                    On April 7, 2004, the Company's board of directors authorized management to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to permit the Company to sell shares of its common stock to the public.

                      F-23



                      Reincorporation

                                    On April 7, 2004, the Company's board of directors authorized the reincorporation of the Company in Delaware. All references to per share amounts have been retroactively restated in the accompanying financial statements to give effect of reincorporation. The reincorporation will be effected prior to the date of the Company's initial public offering.

                                    As result of reincorporation the Company is authorized to issue 30,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value common stock and 5,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value preferred stock. The board of directors has the authority to issue undesignated preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof.

                      2004 Equity Incentive Plan

                                    On April 7, 2004, the Company's board of directors authorized the adoption ofDirectors terminated the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2004 Plan"), which will become effective after adoption and approval by the Company's stockholders. The 2004 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance awards and deferred compensation awards. Options granted under the 2004 Plan may be either "incentive stock options", as defined under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or non-statutory stock options. Terms and conditions of the 2004 Plan will be finalized prior to the date of the Company's initial public offering.

                      2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

                                    On April 7, 2004, the Company's board of directors authorized the adoption of the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan"), which will become effective after adoption and approval byPlan.

                              In January 2007, the Company's stockholders. The PurchaseBoard of Directors approved the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423with a reserve of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 with the purpose of providing employees with an opportunity to purchase the Company's common stock through accumulated payroll deductions. Terms and conditions of the Purchase Plan will be finalized prior to the date of the Company's initial public offering.

                      F-24



                      GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

                      INDEX TO UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                      Page
                      Interim Balance Sheet As of December 31, 2003 (unaudited)F-26

                      Interim Statements of Operations For the Nine Months
                      Ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 (unaudited)


                      F-27

                      Interim Statements of Cash Flows For the Nine Months
                      Ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 (unaudited)


                      F-28

                      Notes to Unaudited Interim Financial Statements


                      F-29

                      F-25



                      GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

                      INTERIM BALANCE SHEET

                      (Unaudited)

                      (In thousands, except share amounts)

                       
                       December 31,
                      2003

                       Pro Forma Redeemable
                      Convertible Preferred Stock
                      and Stockholders' Equity
                      as of December 31, 2003
                      (Note 1)

                       
                      ASSETS       
                      Cash and cash equivalents $5,209    
                      Restricted cash  1,143    
                      Accounts receivable, net  5,559    
                      Inventories  11,122    
                      Prepaid expenses and other current assets  1,164    
                        
                          
                         Total current assets  24,197    

                      Property and equipment, net

                       

                       

                      2,393

                       

                       

                       

                       
                      Other assets  71    
                        
                          
                         
                      Total assets

                       

                      $

                      26,661

                       

                       

                       

                       
                        
                          

                      LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                      Accounts payable $2,878    
                      Accrued expenses and other liabilities  2,546    
                      Deferred revenue  1,845    
                        
                          
                         Total current liabilities  7,269    
                        
                          

                      Commitments and contingencies

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                      Redeemable convertible preferred stock
                          Authorized: 20,000,000 shares
                          Issued and outstanding: 15,120,168 shares
                          Liquidation preference: $9,007

                       

                       

                      9,007

                       

                      $


                       
                        
                       
                       

                      Stockholders' equity:

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                       Preferred stock: $0.001 par value
                          Authorized: 5,000,000 shares
                          Issued and outstanding: none
                           
                       Common Stock: $0.001 par value
                      Authorized: 30,000,000 shares
                      Issued and outstanding: 5,722,925 and 20,843,093 shares
                        6  21 
                       Additional paid-in capital  6,033  15,025 
                       Deferred stock-based compensation  (273) (273)
                       Retained earnings  4,619  4,619 
                        
                       
                       
                         Total stockholders' equity  10,385 $19,392 
                        
                       
                       
                          
                      Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity

                       

                      $

                      26,661

                       

                       

                       

                       
                        
                          

                      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim financial statements.

                      F-26



                      GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

                      INTERIM STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                      (Unaudited)

                      (In thousands, except per share amounts)

                       
                       Nine Months Ended
                      December 31,

                       
                       
                       2002
                       2003
                       
                      Net revenues $16,186 $23,724 

                      Cost of revenues

                       

                       

                      13,868

                       

                       

                      18,297

                       
                        
                       
                       

                      Gross profit

                       

                       

                      2,318

                       

                       

                      5,427

                       
                        
                       
                       

                      Operating expenses:

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                       Research and development  4,797  4,242 
                       Selling, general and administrative  3,390  3,092 
                        
                       
                       
                        Total operating expenses  8,187  7,334 
                        
                       
                       

                      Loss from operations

                       

                       

                      (5,869

                      )

                       

                      (1,907

                      )

                      Interest income, net

                       

                       

                      106

                       

                       

                      42

                       
                      Other income (expense), net  (6) 93 
                        
                       
                       

                      Loss before income taxes

                       

                       

                      (5,769

                      )

                       

                      (1,772

                      )

                      Benefit from income taxes

                       

                       

                      (2,135

                      )

                       


                       
                        
                       
                       

                      Net loss

                       

                      $

                      (3,634

                      )

                      $

                      (1,772

                      )
                        
                       
                       

                      Basic and diluted net loss per share

                       

                      $

                      (0.69

                      )

                      $

                      (0.31

                      )
                        
                       
                       

                      Weighted-average number of shares used in basic and diluted net loss per share calculation

                       

                       

                      5,278

                       

                       

                      5,654

                       
                        
                       
                       

                      Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

                       

                       

                       

                       

                      $

                      (0.09

                      )
                           
                       

                      Weighted-average number of shares used in pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculation

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                      20,774

                       
                           
                       

                      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim financial statements.

                      F-27



                      GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

                      INTERIM STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                      (Unaudited)

                      (In thousands)

                       
                       Nine Months Ended
                      December 31,

                       
                       
                       2002
                       2003
                       
                      Cash flows from operating activities:       
                       Net loss $(3,634)$(1,772)
                       Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:       
                        Provision for doubtful accounts  (273) 83 
                        Depreciation and amortization  796  771 
                        Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation  774  448 
                        Changes in operating assets and liabilities:       
                         Accounts receivable  (1,854) (3,101)
                         Inventories  2,403  (3,541)
                         Prepaid expenses and other assets  1,631  2,214 
                         Accounts payable  (821) 1,921 
                         Accrued expenses and other liabilities  (174) 1,846 
                         Deferred revenue  (198) 402 
                        
                       
                       
                          Net used in operating activities  (1,350) (729)
                        
                       
                       

                      Cash flows from investing activities:

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                       Purchases of property and equipment  (1,854) (225)
                        
                       
                       
                          Net cash used in investing activities  (1,854) (225)
                        
                       
                       

                      Cash flows from financing activities:

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                       Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock  76  13 
                        
                       
                       
                          Net cash provided by financing activities  76  13 
                        
                       
                       

                      Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

                       

                       

                      (3,128

                      )

                       

                      (941

                      )

                      Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period

                       

                       

                      9,334

                       

                       

                      6,150

                       
                        
                       
                       

                      Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period

                       

                      $

                      6,206

                       

                      $

                      5,209

                       
                        
                       
                       

                      Supplemental cash flow information:

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                       Cash paid for income taxes $67 $5 
                        
                       
                       
                       Cash paid for interest $8 $8 
                        
                       
                       

                      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim financial statements.

                      F-28



                      GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.
                      NOTES TO UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                      NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

                                    In the opinion of the management of the Company, the accompanying unaudited interim financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the financial information included therein. The Company believes that the disclosures are adequate so that the information is not misleading. However, this financial data should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and related notes thereto included in this Prospectus.

                                    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates, although such differences are not expected to be material to the financial statements.

                                    Results for the interim periods presented herein are not necessarily indicative of results which may be reported for any other interim period or for the entire fiscal year.

                                    Upon closing of the planned initial public offering, each of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of common stock. The pro forma balance sheet and the pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share reflect the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock. The pro forma balance sheet does not give effect to the offering proceeds.

                                    The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25") and related interpretations, and complies with the disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"), as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure" ("SFAS 148"). Under APB 25, compensation expense is based on the difference, if any, on the date of the grant, between the fair value of the Company's shares and the exercise price of the option.

                                    Had compensation cost for the Company's stock-based compensation plan been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for the awards under a method prescribed by SFAS 123 and amended by SFAS 148, the Company's net loss for the nine months ended December 31, 2002 and

                      F-29



                      2003 would have been decreased to the pro forma amounts indicated below (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                       
                        
                       Nine Months Ended
                      December 31,

                       
                       
                        
                       2002
                       2003
                       
                       
                        
                       (Unaudited)

                       
                      Net loss, as reported $(3,634)$(1,772)
                      Add: Total stock-based employee compensation expense reported in net income (loss), net of related tax effects  774  448 

                      Deduct:

                       

                      Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

                       

                       

                      (1,607

                      )

                       

                      (1,436

                      )
                          
                       
                       
                      Pro forma net loss $(4,467)$(2,760)
                          
                       
                       
                      Basic and diluted net loss per share, as reported $(0.69)$(0.31)
                          
                       
                       
                      Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share $(0.85)$(0.49)
                          
                       
                       

                                    The above pro forma effects on net loss may not be representative of the effects on net income (loss) for future years as option grants typically vest over several years and additional options are generally granted each year.

                                    The fair value of each option and stock purchase plan grant has been estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following weighted average assumptions:

                       
                       Nine Months Ended
                      December 31,

                       
                       2002
                       2003
                      Risk-free interest rate 3.82% 2.97%
                      Expected life 4.45 years 4.48 years
                      Volatility 85% 80%
                      Dividend yield 0% 0%

                      Stock-based compensation

                                    The Company recorded deferred stock-based compensation, due to the issuances of stock options at an exercise price below the fair market value of the underlying shares at the time of grant, of $193,000 for the nine months ended December 31, 2003, which is being recognized over the vesting period of the related stock options on a straight-line basis. The Company has reversed deferred stock-based compensation of $120,000 and $1,000 during the nine months ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively, due to forfeitures resulting from termination of employment. Future compensation charges are subject to reduction for any employee who terminates employment prior to the expiration of such employee's option vesting period. Unamortized deferred stock-based compensation was $273,000 at December 31, 2003.

                      F-30



                                    The Company recognized $774,000 and $448,000 of compensation expense for the nine months ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively, as follows (in thousands):

                       
                       Nine Months Ended
                      December 31,

                       
                       2002
                       2003
                      Cost of revenues $235 $63
                      Research and development  436  327
                      Selling, general and administrative  103  58
                        
                       
                       Total $774 $448
                        
                       

                      Net income (loss) per share

                                    Basic income (loss) per common share is computed using the weighted average number of3,000,000 shares of common stock outstanding duringfor issuance thereunder, and the year. Diluted income per share is computed using the weighted average number2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, with a reserve of 500,000 shares of common stock adjusted for the dilutive effect of potential common stock. Potential common stock, computed using the treasury stock method or the if-converted method, includes options, redeemable convertible preferred stock and unvested shares subject to repurchase.

                                    The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss attributable to stockholders per share (in thousands, except per share amount):issuance thereunder.

                       
                       Nine Months Ended
                      December 31,

                       
                       
                       2002
                       2003
                       
                      Numerator:       
                       Net loss $(3,634)$(1,772)
                      Denominator:       
                       Weighted-average common shares outstanding  5,398  5,654 
                       Less: Unvested common shares subject to repurchase  (120)  
                        
                       
                       
                       Total shares, basic and diluted  5,278  5,654 
                        
                       
                       
                      Net loss per common share, basic and diluted $(0.69)$(0.31)
                        
                       
                       

                                    For the nine months ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, common stock equivalents of approximately 16.8 million and 16.5 million shares, in relation to outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, stock options and unvested shares subject to repurchase, were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share as a result of their antidilutive effect. While these common stock equivalents are currently antidilutive, they could be dilutive in the future.

                      Pro forma loss per share

                                    Upon the closing of the planned initial public offering, each of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of common stock. The weighted average number of shares used in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculation for the nine months ended December 31, 2003 was computed as 5,654,000 weighted average common shares outstanding plus 15,120,000 shares of common stock equivalents from conversion of the preferred stock.

                      F-31




                      NOTE 2—INVENTORY

                       
                       December 31,
                      2003

                       
                       (in thousands)

                      Inventories:   
                       Work-in-progress $7,545
                       Finshed goods  2,669
                       Inventory at distributors  908
                        
                        $11,122
                        


                      NOTE 3—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

                                    Together, HolyStone Enterprises Co. Ltd., its subsidiaries, and its Chief Executive Officer, who is also a director of the Company, hold approximately 37% of the outstanding shares of Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, 38% of the outstanding shares of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and 18% of the outstanding shares of Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2002 and 2003. The Company has made sales of $225,000 and $678,000 to HolyStone Enterprises Co. Ltd. during the nine months ended December 31, 2002 and 2003.

                                    The Company has a receivable balance of $59,000 from HolyStone Enterprises Co. Ltd. at December 31, 2003.

                                    One of the Company's former directors is also a director of Chantek Electronic Co. Ltd. During the nine months ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company did not acquire any services from Chantek Electronic Co. Ltd.

                      F-32




                                    Through and including                        , 2004 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                                           Shares

                      [GSI LOGO]LOGO

                      Common Stock


                      PROSPECTUS


                      Needham & Company, LLCWR Hambrecht + Co

                      Robert W. Baird & Co.



                      Stanford Group Company

                      Merrill Lynch & Co.

                      Needham & Company, Inc.

                      Friedman Billings Ramsey

                      C.E. Unterberg, Towbin

                                                , 20042007





                      PART II

                      INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


                      ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

                              The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount payable by the registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the common stock being registered.registered hereby, including the shares offered by the selling stockholders. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq NationalGlobal Market application fee.

                      Securities and Exchange Commission registration feeSecurities and Exchange Commission registration fee $13,113Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee $6,153
                      NASD filing feeNASD filing fee 10,850NASD filing fee 6,250
                      Nasdaq National Market application fee 100,000
                      Nasdaq Global Market application feeNasdaq Global Market application fee 105,000
                      Blue sky qualification fees and expensesBlue sky qualification fees and expenses 10,000Blue sky qualification fees and expenses  
                      Printing and engraving expensesPrinting and engraving expenses  Printing and engraving expenses  
                      Legal fees and expensesLegal fees and expenses  Legal fees and expenses  
                      Accounting fees and expensesAccounting fees and expenses  Accounting fees and expenses  
                      Director and officer liability insuranceDirector and officer liability insurance  Director and officer liability insurance  
                      Transfer agent and registrar feesTransfer agent and registrar fees 15,000Transfer agent and registrar fees  
                      Miscellaneous expensesMiscellaneous expenses  Miscellaneous expenses  
                       
                       
                      Total $ Total $ 
                       
                       


                      ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

                              Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits indemnification of officers, directors and other corporate agents under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The Registrant'sregistrant's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the Registrant shall indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents to the full extent permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law, including in circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary under Delaware law. In addition, the Registrantregistrant intends to enter into separate indemnification agreements (Exhibit 10.1) with its directors and officers which would require the Registrant,registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status or service (other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of a culpable nature). The Registrantregistrant also intends to maintain director and officer liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms. These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant's officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

                              The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1) provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of the Registrantregistrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.


                      ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

                              Not applicable.In the three years prior to the filing of this Registration Statement, the registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 543,175 shares of common stock to its employees, directors and consultants upon exercise of options granted by the registrant under its 1997 Stock Plan. In calendar years 2006, 2005 and 2004, the registrant issued 129,500, 24,250 and 389,425 shares, respectively, pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the registrant's 1997 Stock Plan. Option exercise prices ranged from $0.15 to $2.00 in calendar 2006, $0.15 to $2.00 in calendar 2005 and $0.04 to $2.00 in calendar 2004. The aggregate proceeds to the registrant from the sale of these shares of its common stock was $138,849.

                      II-1



                              In the three years prior to the filing of this Registration Statement, the registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 16,561 shares of common stock to its employees, directors and consultants upon exercise of options granted by the registrant under its 2000 Stock Option Plan. In calendar years 2006, 2005 and 2004, the registrant issued 3,875, 7,686 and 5,000 shares, respectively, pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the registrant's 2000 Stock Option Plan. Option exercise prices ranged from $2.10 to $5.40 in calendar 2006, $2.10 to $3.50 in calendar 2005 and $2.10 in calendar 2004. The aggregate proceeds to the registrant from the sale of these shares of its common stock was $47,422.

                              The sales and issuances of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensation benefits plans and contracts relating to compensation. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act.


                      ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.


                      Exhibit
                      Number

                       Name of Document

                      *1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement
                      3.1 

                      II-1



                      3.1


                      Amended and Restated ArticlesCertificate of Incorporation of Registrant

                      3.2

                       

                      Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant

                      *3.3

                       

                      Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant to be filed after the completion of the offering

                      *3.4

                       

                      Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective after the completion of the offering

                      *4.1

                       

                      Specimen certificate representing the common stock

                      *5.1

                       

                      Opinion of Gray Cary Ware & FreidenrichDLA Piper US LLP

                      *10.1

                       

                      Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and Registrant's directors and officers

                      10.2

                       

                      1997 Stock Option Plan

                      10.3

                       

                      2000 Stock Option Plan

                      *10.4

                       

                      20042007 Equity Incentive Plan

                      *10.5

                       

                      20042007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

                      10.6

                       

                      Building Office Lease for 2360 Owen Street, Santa Clara, California 95054, as amended

                      *10.7

                       

                      Building Office Lease for United Technology Building A, Fantz PO,No. 1, 6th Floor, 30 Taiyuan Street, Chupei City, Taiwan

                      21.1
                      List of Subsidiaries
                      23.1
                       

                      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountantsregistered public accounting firm

                      *23.2

                       

                      Consent of Gray Cary Ware & FreidenrichDLA Piper US LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

                      24.1

                       

                      Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

                      *
                      To be filed by subsequent amendment.

                      (b)
                      FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

                              AllThe following schedule is filed hereunder:

                      Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

                              Other financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

                      II-2



                      ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

                              (1)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

                              (2)   Insofar as indemnification by the registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

                      II-2



                              (3)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

                      II-3



                      SIGNATURES

                              Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statementRegistration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Santa Clara, State of California, on April 13, 2004.January 9, 2007.

                        GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC.

                       

                       

                      By:

                      /s/  
                      LEE-LEAN SHU      
                      Lee-Lean Shu
                      President and Chief Executive Officer


                      POWER OF ATTORNEY

                              KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Lee-Lean Shu and Douglas M. Schirle, and each of them acting individually, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Registration Statementregistration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

                              Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

                      Signature
                       Title
                       Date

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                      /s/  LEE-LEAN SHU      
                      Lee-Lean Shu
                       President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
                      (Principal Executive Officer)
                       April 13, 2004January 9, 2007

                      /s/  
                      DOUGLAS M. SCHIRLE      
                      Douglas M. Schirle

                       

                      Chief Financial Officer
                      (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

                       

                      April 13, 2004January 9, 2007

                      /s/  
                      ROBERT YAU      
                      Robert Yau

                       

                      Vice President, Engineering, Secretary and Director

                       

                      April 13, 2004January 9, 2007

                      /s/  
                      HSIANG-WEN CHEN      
                      Hsiang-Wen Chen


                      Director


                      January 9, 2007

                      /s/  
                      RUEY L. LU      
                      Ruey L. Lu


                      Director


                      January 9, 2007

                      /s/  
                      JING RONG TANG      
                      Jing Rong Tang

                       

                      Director

                       

                      April 13, 2004

                      /s/  
                      HSIANG-WEN CHEN      
                      Hsiang-Wen Chen


                      Director


                      April 13, 2004

                      /s/  
                      RUEY L. LU      
                      Ruey L. Lu


                      Director


                      April 13, 2004January 9, 2007

                      II-4



                      SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

                      Description

                       Balance at Beginning of Period
                       Charges to Cost and Expenses
                       Deductions
                       Balance at End of Period
                       
                       (in thousands)

                      Year ended March 31, 2006            
                       Reserve for sales returns, doubtful accounts and other allowances $150 $63 $ $213
                       Income tax valuation allowance        

                      Year ended March 31, 2005

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                       Reserve for sales returns, doubtful accounts and other allowances $167 $ $17 $150
                       Income tax valuation allowance  1,698    1,698  

                      Year ended March 31, 2004

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       

                       
                       Reserve for sales returns, doubtful accounts and other allowances $248 $ $81 $167
                       Income tax valuation allowance  2,480    782  1,698


                      EXHIBIT INDEX

                      Exhibit
                      Number

                       Name of Document

                      *1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement

                      3.1

                       

                      Amended and Restated ArticlesCertificate of Incorporation of Registrant

                      3.2

                       

                      Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant

                      *3.3

                       

                      Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant to be filed after the completion of the offering

                      *3.4

                       

                      Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective after the completion of the offering

                      *4.1

                       

                      Specimen certificate representing the common stock

                      *5.1

                       

                      Opinion of Gray Cary Ware & FreidenrichDLA Piper US LLP

                      *10.1

                       

                      Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and Registrant's directors and officers

                      10.2

                       

                      1997 Stock Option Plan

                      10.3

                       

                      2000 Stock Option Plan

                      *10.4

                       

                      20042007 Equity Incentive Plan

                      *10.5

                       

                      20042007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

                      10.6

                       

                      Building Office Lease for 2360 Owen Street, Santa Clara, California 95054, as amended

                      *10.7

                       

                      Building Office Lease for United Technology Building A, Fantz PO,No. 1, 6th Floor, 30 Taiyuan Street, Chupei City, Taiwan

                      21.1


                      List of Subsidiaries

                      23.1

                       

                      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountantsregistered public accounting firm

                      *23.2

                       

                      Consent of Gray Cary Ware & FreidenrichDLA Piper US LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

                      24.1

                       

                      Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

                      *

                      To be filed by subsequent amendment.




                      QuickLinks

                      TABLE OF CONTENTS
                      PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
                      GSI Technology, Inc.
                      The Offering
                      SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
                      RISK FACTORS
                      Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry
                      Risks Related to this Offering
                      FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA
                      USE OF PROCEEDS
                      DIVIDEND POLICY
                      CAPITALIZATION
                      DILUTION
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
                      BUSINESS
                      MANAGEMENT
                      Summary Compensation Table
                      Option Grants in Fiscal 2004
                      Option Values at March 31, 2004
                      CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED TRANSACTIONSPARTIES
                      PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
                      DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
                      SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
                      UNDERWRITING
                      LEGAL MATTERS
                      EXPERTS
                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONALAVAILABLE INFORMATION ABOUT GSI TECHNOLOGY
                      GSI TECHNOLOGY, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      Report of Independent AuditorsRegistered Public Accounting Firm
                      PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
                      SIGNATURES
                      POWER OF ATTORNEY
                      SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                      EXHIBIT INDEX